EP0694041A1 - A PROCESS AND INTERMEDIATE COMPOUNDS USEFUL FOR THE PREPARATION OF PLATELET GLYCOPROTEIN IIb/IIIa INHIBITORS CONTAINING N-ALPHA-METHYLARGININE - Google Patents
A PROCESS AND INTERMEDIATE COMPOUNDS USEFUL FOR THE PREPARATION OF PLATELET GLYCOPROTEIN IIb/IIIa INHIBITORS CONTAINING N-ALPHA-METHYLARGININEInfo
- Publication number
- EP0694041A1 EP0694041A1 EP94914727A EP94914727A EP0694041A1 EP 0694041 A1 EP0694041 A1 EP 0694041A1 EP 94914727 A EP94914727 A EP 94914727A EP 94914727 A EP94914727 A EP 94914727A EP 0694041 A1 EP0694041 A1 EP 0694041A1
- Authority
- EP
- European Patent Office
- Prior art keywords
- alkyl
- substituted
- phenyl
- independently selected
- alkoxy
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Withdrawn
Links
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 title claims abstract description 124
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 112
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 49
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 31
- 229940127392 Platelet Glycoprotein IIb/IIIA Inhibitors Drugs 0.000 title abstract 3
- -1 phenoxy, benzyloxy Chemical group 0.000 claims description 245
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 150
- 125000006527 (C1-C5) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 131
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 128
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 115
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 101
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 89
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical group 0.000 claims description 89
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 74
- 125000004209 (C1-C8) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 72
- 125000006552 (C3-C8) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 62
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 62
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 48
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 42
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 claims description 37
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 32
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 32
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 31
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 30
- JCXJVPUVTGWSNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrogen dioxide Chemical compound O=[N]=O JCXJVPUVTGWSNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 29
- 125000006273 (C1-C3) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 27
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 27
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 27
- 125000005931 tert-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(OC(*)=O)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000000229 (C1-C4)alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 25
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 25
- 125000006242 amine protecting group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 25
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 25
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 25
- 125000004191 (C1-C6) alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000002221 trityl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1C([*])(C1=C(C(=C(C(=C1[H])[H])[H])[H])[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 24
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 claims description 22
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000005913 (C3-C6) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000004981 cycloalkylmethyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 21
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000001557 phthalyl group Chemical group C(=O)(O)C1=C(C(=O)*)C=CC=C1 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000003088 (fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 18
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000004648 C2-C8 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000004649 C2-C8 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 17
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 17
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000005076 adamantyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C12(CC3CC(CC(C1)C3)C2)OC(=O)* 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 16
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000003754 ethoxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC)* 0.000 claims description 16
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 16
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 claims description 16
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 16
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000004044 trifluoroacetyl group Chemical group FC(C(=O)*)(F)F 0.000 claims description 16
- PQDJYEQOELDLCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylsilane Chemical compound C[SiH](C)C PQDJYEQOELDLCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000000094 2-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000000000 cycloalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 claims description 14
- PXVUDLXXKGSXHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,6-trimethoxybenzenesulfonamide Chemical compound COC1=CC(OC)=C(S(N)(=O)=O)C(OC)=C1 PXVUDLXXKGSXHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 150000002825 nitriles Chemical class 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000004646 sulfenyl group Chemical group S(*)* 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000004183 alkoxy alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000005907 alkyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000002152 alkylating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000004573 morpholin-4-yl group Chemical group N1(CCOCC1)* 0.000 claims description 10
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- 150000007860 aryl ester derivatives Chemical class 0.000 claims description 9
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000006000 trichloroethyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical group [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- XAKBSHICSHRJCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N [CH2]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical group [CH2]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XAKBSHICSHRJCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000001316 cycloalkyl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000004665 trialkylsilyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- QITSJCOOORWWSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3,4,5,6-pentamethylbenzenesulfonamide Chemical compound CC1=C(C)C(C)=C(S(N)(=O)=O)C(C)=C1C QITSJCOOORWWSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- YECJUZIGFPJWGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,6-trimethylbenzenesulfonamide Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=C(S(N)(=O)=O)C(C)=C1 YECJUZIGFPJWGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- UHAAUDAFKLCPEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methoxy-2,3,5,6-tetramethylbenzenesulfonamide Chemical compound COC1=C(C)C(C)=C(S(N)(=O)=O)C(C)=C1C UHAAUDAFKLCPEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- ZJJLGMUSGUYZQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methoxy-2,6-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide Chemical compound COC1=CC(C)=C(S(N)(=O)=O)C(C)=C1 ZJJLGMUSGUYZQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- MSFQEZBRFPAFEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(S(N)(=O)=O)C=C1 MSFQEZBRFPAFEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 150000003862 amino acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 claims description 7
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 150000001602 bicycloalkyls Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- CBOIHMRHGLHBPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxymethyl Chemical compound O[CH2] CBOIHMRHGLHBPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000004372 methylthioethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])SC([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000004092 methylthiomethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])SC([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000004055 thiomethyl group Chemical group [H]SC([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 7
- XNMOEWPBTNQAQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,5,7,8-pentamethyl-3,4-dihydrochromene-6-sulfonamide Chemical compound C1CC(C)(C)OC2=C1C(C)=C(S(N)(=O)=O)C(C)=C2C XNMOEWPBTNQAQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- RVZNHBVRNJINRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methoxy-2,3,6-trimethylbenzenesulfonamide Chemical compound COC1=CC(C)=C(S(N)(=O)=O)C(C)=C1C RVZNHBVRNJINRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000005982 diphenylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])(*)C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 6
- 102000001189 Cyclic Peptides Human genes 0.000 claims description 4
- 108010069514 Cyclic Peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000002168 alkylating agent Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 229940100198 alkylating agent Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000002443 hydroxylamines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000005037 alkyl phenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000005219 aminonitrile group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000005392 carboxamide group Chemical group NC(=O)* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000002560 nitrile group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical class [H]* 0.000 claims 8
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims 8
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 4
- 125000000008 (C1-C10) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 3
- 125000005119 alkyl cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 3
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 101
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 54
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 54
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 48
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 44
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 40
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 40
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 33
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 32
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 28
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 26
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 23
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 21
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 20
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 20
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 19
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 18
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 16
- SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylmorpholine Chemical compound CN1CCOCC1 SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 14
- 238000004992 fast atom bombardment mass spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 14
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 14
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen chloride Substances Cl.Cl IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 229910000041 hydrogen chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 11
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 11
- 102100025306 Integrin alpha-IIb Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 101710149643 Integrin alpha-IIb Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 238000005984 hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 9
- 239000012317 TBTU Substances 0.000 description 8
- CLZISMQKJZCZDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N [benzotriazol-1-yloxy(dimethylamino)methylidene]-dimethylazanium Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(OC(N(C)C)=[N+](C)C)N=NC2=C1 CLZISMQKJZCZDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 150000001718 carbodiimides Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000003208 petroleum Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 8
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicylcohexylcarbodiimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 6
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 102000015795 Platelet Membrane Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108010010336 Platelet Membrane Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 6
- HGCIXCUEYOPUTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexene Chemical compound C1CCC=CC1 HGCIXCUEYOPUTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 description 6
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 6
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 5
- VZSTVUJXUYNIOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-amino-gamma-cyanobutanoic acid Chemical class OC(=O)C(N)CCC#N VZSTVUJXUYNIOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 5
- XBNGYFFABRKICK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophenol Chemical compound OC1=C(F)C(F)=C(F)C(F)=C1F XBNGYFFABRKICK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GYLKKXHEIIFTJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-cyanobenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC(C#N)=C1 GYLKKXHEIIFTJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000001433 C-terminal amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108010049003 Fibrinogen Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000008946 Fibrinogen Human genes 0.000 description 4
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 108020002076 NR2 subfamily Proteins 0.000 description 4
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229940127218 antiplatelet drug Drugs 0.000 description 4
- YZXBAPSDXZZRGB-DOFZRALJSA-N arachidonic acid Chemical compound CCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCC(O)=O YZXBAPSDXZZRGB-DOFZRALJSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- UCMIRNVEIXFBKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-alanine Chemical compound NCCC(O)=O UCMIRNVEIXFBKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000006664 bond formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000010531 catalytic reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229940012952 fibrinogen Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 125000000291 glutamic acid group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 4
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- IZUPBVBPLAPZRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentachloro-phenol Natural products OC1=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C1Cl IZUPBVBPLAPZRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000002088 tosyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1C([H])([H])[H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 4
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- XTWYTFMLZFPYCI-KQYNXXCUSA-N 5'-adenylphosphoric acid Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O XTWYTFMLZFPYCI-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic anhydride Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)=O WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XTWYTFMLZFPYCI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenosine diphosphate Natural products C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1C1OC(COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)C(O)C1O XTWYTFMLZFPYCI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Ornithine Chemical compound NCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YKIOKAURTKXMSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N adams's catalyst Chemical compound O=[Pt]=O YKIOKAURTKXMSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004202 aminomethyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- VZTDIZULWFCMLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium formate Chemical compound [NH4+].[O-]C=O VZTDIZULWFCMLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000001510 aspartic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonyldiimidazole Chemical compound C1=CN=CN1C(=O)N1C=CN=C1 PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 3
- MHDVGSVTJDSBDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dibenzyl ether Chemical class C=1C=CC=CC=1COCC1=CC=CC=C1 MHDVGSVTJDSBDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 3
- WHQLQYRFIHPMNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl acetate;oxolane Chemical compound C1CCOC1.CCOC(C)=O WHQLQYRFIHPMNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000002795 guanidino group Chemical group C(N)(=N)N* 0.000 description 3
- 239000002198 insoluble material Substances 0.000 description 3
- YNESATAKKCNGOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide Chemical compound [Li+].C[Si](C)(C)[N-][Si](C)(C)C YNESATAKKCNGOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229940098779 methanesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229960003104 ornithine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- MUMZUERVLWJKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxoplatinum Chemical compound [Pt]=O MUMZUERVLWJKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000106 platelet aggregation inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910003446 platinum oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- IUBQJLUDMLPAGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)N([K])[Si](C)(C)C IUBQJLUDMLPAGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- FSYKKLYZXJSNPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sarcosine Chemical compound C[NH2+]CC([O-])=O FSYKKLYZXJSNPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910000104 sodium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 201000010875 transient cerebral ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LNDPCYHWPSQBCA-LURJTMIESA-N (2s)-2,5-diamino-2-methylpentanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@](N)(C)CCCN LNDPCYHWPSQBCA-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 2
- ADFXKUOMJKEIND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dicyclohexylurea Chemical compound C1CCCCC1NC(=O)NC1CCCCC1 ADFXKUOMJKEIND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(dimethylamino)propyliminomethylidene-ethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000549 4-dimethylaminophenol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 206010002388 Angina unstable Diseases 0.000 description 2
- IYMAXBFPHPZYIK-BQBZGAKWSA-N Arg-Gly-Asp Chemical compound NC(N)=NCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(O)=O IYMAXBFPHPZYIK-BQBZGAKWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BSYNRYMUTXBXSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aspirin Chemical compound CC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O BSYNRYMUTXBXSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005528 B01AC05 - Ticlopidine Substances 0.000 description 2
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyric acid Chemical compound CCCC(O)=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QWCKQJZIFLGMSD-GSVOUGTGSA-N D-alpha-aminobutyric acid Chemical compound CC[C@@H](N)C(O)=O QWCKQJZIFLGMSD-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010016626 Dipeptides Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LRQKBLKVPFOOQJ-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-norleucine Chemical compound CCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O LRQKBLKVPFOOQJ-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 2
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- LSDPWZHWYPCBBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanethiol Chemical compound SC LSDPWZHWYPCBBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Orn-delta-NH2 Natural products NCCCC(N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ornithine Natural products OC(=O)C(C)CCCN UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosgene Chemical group ClC(Cl)=O YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108090000190 Thrombin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000032109 Transient ischaemic attack Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000007814 Unstable Angina Diseases 0.000 description 2
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Chemical compound CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QPQGTZMAQRXCJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N [chloro(phenyl)phosphoryl]benzene Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1P(=O)(Cl)C1=CC=CC=C1 QPQGTZMAQRXCJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001138 acetylsalicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001350 alkyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000013176 antiplatelet therapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940114079 arachidonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000021342 arachidonic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003637 basic solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- WGQKYBSKWIADBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzylamine Chemical compound NCC1=CC=CC=C1 WGQKYBSKWIADBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000051 benzyloxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 2
- 244000309464 bull Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000009903 catalytic hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 2
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007822 coupling agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001923 cyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- NLUNLVTVUDIHFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclooctylcyclooctane Chemical compound C1CCCCCCC1C1CCCCCCC1 NLUNLVTVUDIHFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NNBZCPXTIHJBJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N decalin Chemical compound C1CCCC2CCCCC21 NNBZCPXTIHJBJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000008050 dialkyl sulfates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004005 formimidoyl group Chemical group [H]\N=C(/[H])* 0.000 description 2
- 150000002357 guanidines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000007327 hydrogenolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000004332 intermediate coronary syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000007791 liquid phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001360 methionine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- AKRYBBWYDSDZHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrosobis(2-oxopropyl)amine Chemical compound CC(=O)CN(N=O)CC(C)=O AKRYBBWYDSDZHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethyl ester of formic acid Natural products O=COCC1=CC=CC=C1 UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011894 semi-preparative HPLC Methods 0.000 description 2
- QZAYGJVTTNCVMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N serotonin Chemical compound C1=C(O)C=C2C(CCN)=CNC2=C1 QZAYGJVTTNCVMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MFRIHAYPQRLWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium tert-butoxide Chemical compound [Na+].CC(C)(C)[O-] MFRIHAYPQRLWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000010110 spontaneous platelet aggregation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004213 tert-butoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(O*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- QQWYQAQQADNEIC-RVDMUPIBSA-N tert-butyl [(z)-[cyano(phenyl)methylidene]amino] carbonate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)O\N=C(/C#N)C1=CC=CC=C1 QQWYQAQQADNEIC-RVDMUPIBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004072 thrombin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000009424 thromboembolic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- PHWBOXQYWZNQIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ticlopidine Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC=C1CN1CC(C=CS2)=C2CC1 PHWBOXQYWZNQIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960005001 ticlopidine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000009901 transfer hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108010047303 von Willebrand Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100036537 von Willebrand factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 229960001134 von willebrand factor Drugs 0.000 description 2
- IDHUXLWPTLEMNI-JTQLQIEISA-N (2s)-2-(methylaminomethylamino)-3-phenylpropanoic acid Chemical compound CNCN[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 IDHUXLWPTLEMNI-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 1
- LKRMSSDDHQZQHJ-ZETCQYMHSA-N (2s)-2-amino-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)-2-methylpentanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@](N)(C)CCCN=C(N)N LKRMSSDDHQZQHJ-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KFNRNFXZFIRNEO-NSHDSACASA-N (2s)-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)-2-[(4-methylphenyl)sulfonylamino]pentanoic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(O)=O)C=C1 KFNRNFXZFIRNEO-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 1
- JIMLDJNLXLMGLX-JTQLQIEISA-N (2s)-5-amino-5-oxo-2-(phenylmethoxycarbonylamino)pentanoic acid Chemical compound NC(=O)CC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 JIMLDJNLXLMGLX-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 1
- LNOLJFCCYQZFBQ-BUHFOSPRSA-N (ne)-n-[(4-nitrophenyl)-phenylmethylidene]hydroxylamine Chemical compound C=1C=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=CC=1C(=N/O)/C1=CC=CC=C1 LNOLJFCCYQZFBQ-BUHFOSPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDNKZNFMNDZQMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-diisopropylcarbodiimide Chemical compound CC(C)N=C=NC(C)C BDNKZNFMNDZQMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZKCXIIVGQKLRLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2CCCC1C1C2=CC=CC=C2CCC1 ZKCXIIVGQKLRLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(O)N=NC2=C1 ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JVSFQJZRHXAUGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethylpropanoyl chloride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(Cl)=O JVSFQJZRHXAUGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,4-di(pentan-2-yl)phenoxy]acetyl chloride Chemical compound CCCC(C)C1=CC=C(OCC(Cl)=O)C(C(C)CCC)=C1 NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOJUJUVQIVIZAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-4,6-dichloropyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde Chemical group NC1=NC(Cl)=C(C=O)C(Cl)=N1 GOJUJUVQIVIZAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WWUSRDYLEAOTKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-4-cyano-2-methylbutanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)(C)CCC#N WWUSRDYLEAOTKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZKPVBDCWESAKGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethoxybenzenesulfonamide Chemical compound CCOC1=CC=CC=C1S(N)(=O)=O ZKPVBDCWESAKGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YOETUEMZNOLGDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpropyl carbonochloridate Chemical compound CC(C)COC(Cl)=O YOETUEMZNOLGDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DCZHSJQXYPFFAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(aminomethyl)-2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonyl]benzoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)C1=C(CN)C=CC=C1C(O)=O DCZHSJQXYPFFAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IFPNNNXECYBWIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(aminomethyl)-4-iodo-2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonyl]benzoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)C1=C(CN)C(I)=CC=C1C(O)=O IFPNNNXECYBWIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AHSZJFIEWNYYQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(methylaminomethyl)benzoic acid Chemical compound CNCC1=CC=CC(C(O)=O)=C1 AHSZJFIEWNYYQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MQNHKLMHRZYTBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]methyl]benzoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NCC1=CC=CC(C(O)=O)=C1 MQNHKLMHRZYTBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ADCUEPOHPCPMCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-cyanobenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 ADCUEPOHPCPMCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005986 4-piperidonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010003178 Arterial thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000186140 Asperula odorata Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000001320 Atherosclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010039209 Blood Coagulation Factors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015081 Blood Coagulation Factors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-alpha-Ala Natural products CC([NH3+])C([O-])=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-RXMQYKEDSA-N D-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-RXMQYKEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010067306 Fibronectins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016359 Fibronectins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Formate Chemical compound [O-]C=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000008526 Galium odoratum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102100029458 Glutamate receptor ionotropic, NMDA 2A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910004373 HOAc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 102000007625 Hirudins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010007267 Hirudins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZGUNAGUHMKGQNY-ZETCQYMHSA-N L-alpha-phenylglycine zwitterion Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZGUNAGUHMKGQNY-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000018697 Membrane Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- NLLHXVBITYTYHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrofor Chemical compound CCN(CC)C1=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1[N+]([O-])=O NLLHXVBITYTYHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000007079 Peptide Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010033276 Peptide Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101000781681 Protobothrops flavoviridis Disintegrin triflavin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010038563 Reocclusion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000000066 S-methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S* 0.000 description 1
- 108010077895 Sarcosine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 244000191761 Sida cordifolia Species 0.000 description 1
- KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium Chemical compound [Na] KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 108010069102 Thromboxane-A synthase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010031318 Vitronectin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100035140 Vitronectin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010000891 acute myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000005215 alkyl ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001351 alkyl iodides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000908 ammonium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N anisole Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC=C1 RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002785 anti-thrombosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003146 anticoagulant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012062 aqueous buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010072041 arginyl-glycyl-aspartic acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001540 azides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000499 benzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001558 benzoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- CGAMNSKIHXUDMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl n-[methylsulfanyl(phenylmethoxycarbonylamino)methylidene]carbamate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1COC(=O)N=C(SC)NC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 CGAMNSKIHXUDMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002618 bicyclic heterocycle group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003114 blood coagulation factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 1
- NHYXMAKLBXBVEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromomethyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OCBr NHYXMAKLBXBVEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005997 bromomethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007806 chemical reaction intermediate Substances 0.000 description 1
- AOGYCOYQMAVAFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorocarbonic acid Chemical class OC(Cl)=O AOGYCOYQMAVAFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GGRHYQCXXYLUTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloromethyl 2,2-dimethylpropanoate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(=O)OCCl GGRHYQCXXYLUTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JHYNXXBAHWPABC-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloromethyl propan-2-yl carbonate Chemical compound CC(C)OC(=O)OCCl JHYNXXBAHWPABC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000035602 clotting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960005188 collagen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- XSYZCZPCBXYQTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclodecylcyclodecane Chemical compound C1CCCCCCCCC1C1CCCCCCCCC1 XSYZCZPCBXYQTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LMKPHJYTFHAGHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclodrine Chemical compound C1CCCC1(O)C(C(=O)OCCN(CC)CC)C1=CC=CC=C1 LMKPHJYTFHAGHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004856 decahydroquinolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCCC2CCCCC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000012024 dehydrating agents Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- AQEFLFZSWDEAIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N di-tert-butyl ether Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(C)(C)C AQEFLFZSWDEAIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000006286 dichlorobenzyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IJKVHSBPTUYDLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydroxy(oxo)silane Chemical compound O[Si](O)=O IJKVHSBPTUYDLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BGRWYRAHAFMIBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N diisopropylcarbodiimide Natural products CC(C)NC(=O)NC(C)C BGRWYRAHAFMIBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NLHWCTNYFFIPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N disodium bis(trimethylsilyl)azanide Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].C[Si](C)(C)[N-][Si](C)(C)C.C[Si](C)(C)[N-][Si](C)(C)C NLHWCTNYFFIPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002526 effect on cardiovascular system Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000021183 entrée Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 238000010265 fast atom bombardment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003630 glycyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000023597 hemostasis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091008634 hepatocyte nuclear factors 4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- WQPDUTSPKFMPDP-OUMQNGNKSA-N hirudin Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(OS(O)(=O)=O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)NC(=O)[C@@H]2CSSC[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N2)=O)CSSC1)C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)C(C)C)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)CSSC1)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WQPDUTSPKFMPDP-OUMQNGNKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940006607 hirudin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000004029 hydroxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 150000002463 imidates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003392 indanyl group Chemical group C1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004926 indolenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 1
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodine Chemical compound II PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 1
- INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodomethane Chemical compound IC INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoleucine Natural products CCC(C)C(N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000741 isoleucyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(C(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H])C(=O)O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001909 leucine group Chemical group [H]N(*)C(C(*)=O)C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- NRUBUZBAZRTHHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;propan-2-ylazanide Chemical compound [Li+].CC(C)[NH-] NRUBUZBAZRTHHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005710 macrocyclization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 230000001035 methylating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000011987 methylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007069 methylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000007040 multi-step synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000010125 myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PEECTLLHENGOKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dimethylpyridin-4-amine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1.CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 PEECTLLHENGOKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HOSMYZXDFVUSCV-FCXZQVPUSA-N n-cyclohexylcyclohexanamine;(2r)-2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]butanoic acid Chemical compound C1CCCCC1NC1CCCCC1.CC[C@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C HOSMYZXDFVUSCV-FCXZQVPUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEMOMIGRRWSMCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N ninhydrin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C(O)(O)C(=O)C2=C1 FEMOMIGRRWSMCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 1
- PSACHCMMPFMFAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N nmm n-methylmorpholine Chemical compound CN1CCOCC1.CN1CCOCC1 PSACHCMMPFMFAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012457 nonaqueous media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000655 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004930 octahydroisoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCCC2CCCC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000033116 oxidation-reduction process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000020477 pH reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- NXJCBFBQEVOTOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L palladium(2+);dihydroxide Chemical compound O[Pd]O NXJCBFBQEVOTOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004963 pathophysiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005897 peptide coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000951 phenoxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(O*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 1
- UHZYTMXLRWXGPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorus pentachloride Chemical compound ClP(Cl)(Cl)(Cl)Cl UHZYTMXLRWXGPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003053 piperidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000010118 platelet activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003495 polar organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium tert-butoxide Chemical compound [K+].CC(C)(C)[O-] LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004368 propenyl group Chemical group C(=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002568 propynyl group Chemical group [*]C#CC([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002464 receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940044551 receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010410 reperfusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003607 serino group Chemical group [H]N([H])[C@]([H])(C(=O)[*])C(O[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940076279 serotonin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- WRIKHQLVHPKCJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)N([Na])[Si](C)(C)C WRIKHQLVHPKCJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012312 sodium hydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium thiosulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=S AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000019345 sodium thiosulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000010532 solid phase synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- SJMDMGHPMLKLHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 2-aminoacetate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)CN SJMDMGHPMLKLHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003039 tetrahydroisoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000147 tetrahydroquinolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WROMPOXWARCANT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tfa trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F.OC(=O)C(F)(F)F WROMPOXWARCANT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000341 threoninyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000002537 thrombolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- DSNBHJFQCNUKMA-SCKDECHMSA-N thromboxane A2 Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C[C@@H]1[C@@H](/C=C/[C@@H](O)CCCCC)O[C@@H]2O[C@H]1C2 DSNBHJFQCNUKMA-SCKDECHMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000844 transformation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000430 tryptophan group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(C(=O)O*)C([H])([H])C1=C([H])N([H])C2=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C12 0.000 description 1
- 125000001493 tyrosinyl group Chemical group [H]OC1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 1
- PXXNTAGJWPJAGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N vertaline Natural products C1C2C=3C=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=3OC(C=C3)=CC=C3CCC(=O)OC1CC1N2CCCC1 PXXNTAGJWPJAGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010792 warming Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052724 xenon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N xenon atom Chemical compound [Xe] FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K7/00—Peptides having 5 to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
- C07K7/50—Cyclic peptides containing at least one abnormal peptide link
- C07K7/54—Cyclic peptides containing at least one abnormal peptide link with at least one abnormal peptide link in the ring
- C07K7/56—Cyclic peptides containing at least one abnormal peptide link with at least one abnormal peptide link in the ring the cyclisation not occurring through 2,4-diamino-butanoic acid
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C255/00—Carboxylic acid nitriles
- C07C255/01—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C255/24—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms containing cyano groups and singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being further bound to other hetero atoms, bound to the same saturated acyclic carbon skeleton
- C07C255/28—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms containing cyano groups and singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being further bound to other hetero atoms, bound to the same saturated acyclic carbon skeleton containing cyano groups, amino groups and carboxyl groups, other than cyano groups, bound to the carbon skeleton
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C271/00—Derivatives of carbamic acids, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atom not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
- C07C271/06—Esters of carbamic acids
- C07C271/08—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C271/10—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C271/22—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms to carbon atoms of hydrocarbon radicals substituted by carboxyl groups
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- C07K14/745—Blood coagulation or fibrinolysis factors
- C07K14/75—Fibrinogen
Definitions
- This invention relates to processes for the synthesis of platelet glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa inhibitors, and to intermediate compounds useful in said processes.
- Activation of platelets and the resulting platelet aggregation and secretion of factors by the platelets have been associated with different pathophysiological conditions including cardiovascular and cerebrovascular thromboembolic disorders, for example, the thromboembolic disorders associated with unstable angina, myocardial infarction, transient ischemic attack, stroke, atherosclerosis and diabetes.
- cardiovascular and cerebrovascular thromboembolic disorders for example, the thromboembolic disorders associated with unstable angina, myocardial infarction, transient ischemic attack, stroke, atherosclerosis and diabetes.
- the contribution of platelets to these disease processes stems from their ability to form aggregates, or platelet thrombi, especially in the arterial wall following injury.
- Platelets are known to play an essential role in the maintenance of hemostasis and in the pathogenesis of arterial thrombosis. Platelet activation has been shown to be enhanced during coronary thrombolysis which can lead to delayed reperfusion and reocclusion. Clinical studies with aspirin, ticlopidine and a monoclonal antibody for platelet glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa provide biochemical evidence for platelet involvement in unstable angina, early stage of acute myocardial infarction, transient ischemic attack, cerebral ischemia, and stroke.
- Platelets are activated by a wide variety of agonists resulting in platelet shape change, secretion of granular contents and aggregation. Aggregation of . platelets serves to further focus clot formation by concentrating activated clotting factors in one site.
- endogenous agonists including adenosine diphosphate (ADP) , serotonin, arachidonic acid, thrombin, and collagen, have been identified. Because of the involvement of several endogenous agonists in activating platelet function and aggregation, an inhibitor which acts against all agonists would represent a more efficacious antiplatelet agent than currently available antiplatelet drugs, which are agonist-specific.
- Current antiplatelet drugs are effective against only one type of agonist; these include aspirin, which acts against arachidonic acid; ticlopidine, which acts against ADP; thromboxane A2 synthetase inhibitors or receptor antagonists, which act against thromboxane A2; and hirudin, which acts against thrombin.
- GPIIb/IIIa platelet glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa complex
- GPIIb/IIIa membrane protein mediating platelet aggregation.
- a recent review of GPIIb/IIIa is provided by Phillips et al. (1991) Cell 65: 359-362.
- the development of a GPIIb/IIIa antagonist represents a promising new approach for antiplatelet therapy.
- Recent studies in man with a monoclonal antibody for GPIIb/IIIa indicate the antithrombotic benefit of a GPIIb/IIIa antagonist.
- GPIIb/IIIa-specific antiplatelet agent which inhibits the activation and aggregation of platelets in response to any agonist.
- Such an agent should represent a more efficacious antiplatelet therapy than the currently available agonist-specific platelet inhibitors.
- GPIIb/IIIa does not bind soluble proteins on unstimulated platelets, but GPIIb/IIIa in activated platelets is known to bind four soluble adhesive proteins, namely fibrinogen, von Willebrand factor, fibronectin, and vitronectin.
- fibrinogen The binding of fibrinogen and von Willebrand factor to GPIIb/IIIa causes platelets to aggregate.
- the binding of fibrinogen is mediated in part by the Arg-Gly-Asp (RGD) recognition sequence which is common to the adhesive proteins that bind GPIIb/IIIa.
- MeArg can be introduced into peptides via a N°-phthalyl-protected Orn intermediate using the general approach described for Lys derivatives in R. M. Freidinger, J. S. Hinkle, D. S. Perlow, B. H. Arison, J " . Org. Chem. (1983), 48: 77-81, and the guanidino group introduced at a later point in the synthesis as described in Z. Tian, R. W. Roeske, Int . J. Pept . Prot . Res . (1991), 37: 425-429 and references therein.
- the present invention involves the use of a protected form of Gin which is dehydrated to give a derivative of 2-amino-4-cyano-butyric acid.
- Such derivatives of 2-amino-4-cyano-butyric acid have been prepared starting with Gin as described in Z. Grzonka, B. Liberek, Bull. Acad. Pol . Sci . Ser. Sci . Biol . (1969), 17: 219-22; T.
- This invention is directed to a process for the preparation of compounds of formula (I) :
- step (b) reducing the nitrile group from the product of step (a) to form the formula:
- step (c) reacting the amino group of the product of step (b) with a guanylating agent of the formula:
- step (d) deprotecting the carboxyl and ⁇ -amino groups of the product from step (c) to form the compound of the formula:
- p and p* are 0 or 1;
- R 19 is a C 6 -C 14 saturated, partially saturated, or aromatic carbocyclic ring system or heterocyclic ring system composed of carbon atoms and at least 1- 3 heteroatoms selected from N, 0, S; all these ring systems may be optionally substituted with 0-2 R 7 ;
- R 17 and R 16 are independently selected from the group:
- R!5 and R 8 are independently selected from the group: 5 hydrogen,
- Ci-C ⁇ alkyl substituted with 0-2 R 8 C2-C8 alkenyl substituted with 0-2 R 8 , C2-C8 alkynyl substituted with 0-2 R 8 , 10 C3-C8 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-2
- heterocylic ring system composed of 5- 10 atoms including 1-3 nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur heteroatoms with the remaining 20 atoms being carbon, optionally substituted with 0-2 R 13 ;
- R 15 and R 17 can alternatively join to form a 5-7 membered carbocyclic ring 25 substituted with 0-2 R 13 ;
- R 18 and R 16 can alternatively join to form a 5-7 membered carbocyclic ring substituted with 0-2 R 13 ; 30
- R 7 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group:
- R 8 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: 10
- R 13 i independently selected at each occurrence from the group:
- R 20 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: 30 H, C1-C8 alkyl, aryl, -(C1-C6 alkyl)aryl, and C3-C6 alkoxyalkyl;
- R 2 1 is independently selected at each 35 occurrence from the group: H, C1-C4 alkyl, and benzyl;
- R 12 is H or C1-C8 alkyl
- R 12 and R 2 can be taken together to form -(CH2) t ⁇ / or -CH2SC(CH3)2- , wherein t is 2-4;
- R 3 is H or Ci-Ce alkyl or C1-C4 alkylphenyl
- R 9 is H, Ci-C ⁇ alkyl
- R 5 is H, C ⁇ -C8 alkyl
- R 11 is H or Ci-C ⁇ alkyl
- R 4 is independently selected at each occurrence from:
- Ci-Ce alkyl C 2 -C8 alkenyl; C 2 -C 8 alkynyl; C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl;
- aryl optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from halogen, phenyl, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, NO2, ' -S(0) 0-2 (C ⁇ C5 alkyl), OH, N(R 22 )2/ CO2R 22 , CON(R 22 )2 or
- C 2 -C 8 alkyl alkenyl or alkynyl; substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 5 alkoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, halogen, O 2 CN, CO 2 R 22 ,
- R22 is selected independently from: H, Ci-Cio alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C4-C12 alkylcycloalkyl, aryl, -(C ⁇ -C ⁇ o alkyl)aryl, or C3-CX0 alkoxyalkyl;
- R 22 groups when two R 22 groups are bonded to a single N, said R 22 groups may alternatively be taken together to form -(CH 2 ) 2 -5 ⁇ or -(CH 2 )0(CH 2 )-;
- R 24 is selected independently from: H, Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, phenyl, or benzyl;
- R 25 is selected from: H; ⁇ Q> Ci-C ⁇ alkyl or C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, said alkyl or cycloalkyl being substituted with 1-2 groups independently selected from: 5 C1-C4 alkyl;
- R 26 is selected from:
- Ci-C ⁇ alkyl or C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl said alkyl or cycloalkyl being substituted with 1-2 groups independently selected from: 30 C 1 -C4 alkyl;
- R 27 is selected from:
- Ci-C ⁇ alkyl or C 3 -C8 cycloalkyl said alkyl or cycloalkyl being substituted with 1-2 groups independently selected 20 from:
- R 28 is selected from: H, C 1 -C 5 alkyl, or benzyl;
- R 6 is CH2C02Y
- n 1 to 4.
- n 0 to 3;
- W and G are H or amine protecting groups and are independently selected from the group consisting of: acyl types such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthalyl, and p- toluenesulfonyl; aromatic carbamate types such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and substituted benzyloxycarbonyls, 1-(p- biphenyl)-1-methylethoxycarbonyl, and 9- fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc) ; aliphatic carbamate types such as tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc) , ethoxycarbonyl, diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, and allyloxycarbonyl; cyclic alkyl carbamate types such as cyclopentyloxycarbonyl and adamantyloxycarbonyl; alkyl types such as triphenylmethyl and benzyl; trialkylsilane such as trimethyls
- Y is H or a suitable carboxylate protecting group and can be selected from the group consisting of: alkyl esters such as C to C8 alkyl, C5 to C ⁇ cycloalkylalkyl and t- butyl; aryl esters such as benzyl, substituted benzyl, triphenylmethyl, 5 diphenylmethyl, pentamethylbenzy1,tetramethylbenzy1, and trimethylbenzyl; or esters which can be cleaved by acidolysis, mild base treatment or mild reductive means such as 10 trichloroethyl and phenacyl esters; other protecting groups can be CH2CH2CN, trialkylsilyl, phthalimidomethy ⁇ , anthrylmethyl, phenylfluorenyl, 4-picolyl and phenacyl;
- XX is H or a suitable amine protecting group and is selected from the group consisting of: acyl types such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthalyl, and p-toluenesulfonyl; aromatic
- triphenylmethyl and benzyl such as trimethylsilane; and thiol containing types such as phenylthiocarbonyl and dithiasuccinoylalkyl-urethane; sulfenyl types such as O-nitrophenylsulfenyl (NPS) ,
- NPYS nitropyridylsulfenyl
- Z is a leaving group such as S ⁇ 3 ⁇ , S-alkyl, 0- alkyl or an O-substituted derivative of hydroxylamine.
- the present invention also provides for the process for the preparation of compounds of Formula
- step (e) reducing the nitrile from the product of step (d) to form the formula:
- step (f) reacting the product of step (e) with a guanylating agent of the formula:
- R 1 to R 28 and all other groups are as defined above .
- n 3;
- R!9 is selected from:
- R 15 and R 18 are independently selected from H, C ⁇ -C4 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, phenyl- (C2-C4)alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy;
- R 17 and R 16 are independently H or C 1 -C 4 alkyl
- R 7 is H, Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, phenyl, halogen, or C 1 -C 4 alkoxy;
- R 11 is H or C 1 -C 3 alkyl
- R 12 is H or CH3
- R 3 is H, C ⁇ -C8 alkyl
- R 9 is H, C 1 -C 3 alkyl
- R 5 is H, C 1 -C 3 alkyl
- R 4 is selected independently from: H,
- aryl optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from halogen, phenyl,
- R 2 is H or C 1 -C 4 alkyl
- R 5 , R 9 , R 16 , R 17 and R 18 are H;
- R 11 and R 12 are H or CH3;
- R 15 is H, C ⁇ -C4 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, or phenyl- (C2-C4)alkyl;
- R 3 is H or C 1 -C 3 alkyl
- R 4 is selected independently from: H,
- R 24 is selected independently from: H, Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl;
- R27 is selected from: C 1 -C 5 alkyl, benzyl or phenyl. 18
- n 3;
- R!9 is phenyl
- R 5 , R 9 , R 11 , and R 12 are H;
- R 2 is ethyl
- R 3 is methyl
- R ⁇ is selected independently from: H,
- R 24 is C 1 -C 4 linear alkyl or H.
- R 27 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl, benzyl, or phenyl
- This invention also provides a process for the preparation of an intermediate compound of formula (IV) : Formula (IV)
- step (b) then selectively alkylating the product of step (a) at the ⁇ -amino group using a suitable alkylating agent to produce formula (IV) above,
- R 3 is H or Ci-C ⁇ alkyl
- n 0 to 3; and c-
- W is a suitable amine protecting group and is selected from the group consisting of: acyl types such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthalyl, and p- toluenesulfonyl; aromatic carbamate types such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and substituted benzyloxycarbonyls, 1- (p-biphenyl)-l- methylethoxycarbonyl, and 9- fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc) ; aliphatic carbamate types such as tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc) , ethoxycarbonyl, diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, and allyloxycarbonyl; cyclic alkyl carbamate types such as cyclopentyloxycarbonyl and adamantyloxycarbonyl; alkyl types such as triphenylmethyl and benzyl; trialkylsilane such as trimethyl
- n 1 to 4.
- p and p ' are 0 or 1;
- R 19 is a C 6 ⁇ Ci 4 saturated, partially saturated, or aromatic carbocyclic ring system or heterocyclic ring system composed of carbon atoms and at least 1- 3 heteroatoms selected from N, 0, S; all these ring systems may be optionally substituted with 0-2 R 7 ; R 17 and R 16 are independently selected from the group:
- R 1 ⁇ and R 18 are independently selected from the group:
- R 8 C6-C10 bicycloalkyl substituted with 0-2
- heterocylic ring system composed of 5- 25 10 atoms including 1-3 nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur heteroatoms with the remaining atoms being carbon, optionally substituted with 0-2 R 13 ;
- R 15 and R 17 can alternatively join to form a
- R 18 and R 16 can alternatively join to form a 5-7 membered carbocyclic ring substituted with 0-2 R 13 ;
- R 7 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group:
- R 8 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: 20
- R 3 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group:
- phenyl benzyl, phenethyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, 30 cyano, C ⁇ -C5 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl,
- R 20 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group:
- R 20a is R20, bu t not H
- R 21 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group:
- R 12 is H or C1-C8 alkyl
- R 2 is H, C ⁇ -C8 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkylmethyl, C ⁇ -C6 cycloalkylethyl, phenyl, phenylmethyl, CH2OH, CH2SH, CH2OCH3, CH2SCH3, CH2CH2SCH3, (CH 2 ) 3 NH 2 ,
- R 12 and R 2 can be taken together to form -(CH2)t ⁇ / or -CH 2 SC(CH3) 2 ⁇ , wherein t is 2-4;
- R 3 is H or Ci-C ⁇ alkyl
- R 9 is H, Ci-C ⁇ alkyl
- R 5 is H, Ci-C ⁇ alkyl
- R 11 is H or Ci-C ⁇ alkyl
- R6 is CH2CO2Y;
- Y is a suitable carboxylate protecting group and can be selected from the group consisting of: alkyl esters such as Ci to C ⁇ alkyl, C5 to C ⁇ cycloalkylalkyl and t- butyl; aryl esters such as benzyl, substituted benzyl, triphenylmethyl, diphenylmethy1, pentamethylbenzy1,tetramethylbenzy1, and trimethylbenzyl; or esters which can be cleaved by acidolysis, mild base treatment or mild reductive means such as trichloroethyl and phenacyl esters; other protecting groups can be CH2CH2CN, trialkylsilyl, phthalimidomethyl, anthrylmethyl, phenylfluorenyl, 4-picolyl and phenacyl; and
- XX is H or a suitable amine protecting group and is selected from the group consisting of: acyl types such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthalyl, and p-toluenesulfonyl; aromatic carbamate types such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and substituted benzyloxycarbonyIs, 1- (p-biphenyl)-1-methylethoxycarbonyl, and 9- fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc) ; aliphatic carbamate types such as tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc) , ethoxycarbonyl, diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, and allyloxycarbonyl; cyclic alkyl carbamate types such as cyclopentyloxycarbonyl and adamantyloxycarbonyl; alkyl types such as triphenylmethyl and benzyl; trialkylsilane such as
- n 3;
- - 1 9 is selected from:
- R 15 and R 18 are independently selected from H, C ⁇ -C4 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, phenyl-(C2-C4)alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy;
- R 17 and R 16 are independently H or C 1 -C 4 alkyl
- R 7 is H, Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, phenyl, halogen, or C 1 -C 4 alkoxy;
- R 11 is H or C 1 -C 3 alkyl
- R 12 is H or CH3
- R 9 is H, C 1 -C 3 alkyl
- R 5 is H, C 1 -C 3 alkyl
- XX is selected from the group consisting of: t-Boc, acyl, phthalyl, o- nitrophenylsulfenyl, Cbz, Fmoc, and fluorenylphenyl.
- R 2 is H or C ⁇ -C4 alkyl
- R5, R9, R16 / R 17 and R 18 are H;
- R 11 , and R 12 are H or CH3;
- R 2 and R 12 together are -(CH2)3 ⁇
- R 15 is H, C ⁇ -C4 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, or phenyl-(C2-C4)alkyl
- R 3 is H or C 1 -C 3 alkyl.
- n 3;
- R 19 is phenyl
- R 5 , R 9 , R 11 , and R 12 are H;
- R 2 is ethyl
- R 3 is methyl
- R 6 is CH2 ⁇ OBn, CH2 ⁇ OtBu, or CH2 ⁇ 0-tBoc
- XX is Cbz or Boc.
- This invention also provides intermediate compounds useful in the claimed processes for the preparation of compounds of formula (I) .
- Said intermediate compounds have formulae: Formula (II) # Formula (III)
- p and p 1 are 0 or 1;
- R 19 is a C 6 ⁇ Ci 4 saturated, partially saturated, or aromatic carbocyclic ring system or heterocyclic ring system composed of carbon atoms and at least 1- ' 3 heteroatoms selected from N, 0, S; all these ring systems may be optionally substituted with 0-2 R 7 ;
- R 17 and R 16 are independently selected from the group:
- R 1 ⁇ and R 18 are independently selected from the group:
- R 8 C6 ⁇ Ci0 bicycloalkyl substituted with 0-2
- R 15 and R 17 can alternatively join to form a 10 5-7 membered carbocyclic ring substituted with 0-2 R 13 ;
- R 18 and R 16 can alternatively join to form a 5-7 membered carbocyclic ring 15 substituted with 0-2 R 13 ;
- R 7 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group:
- R 8 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group:
- R 13 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group:
- R 20 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: H, C ⁇ -C8 alkyl, aryl, -(C ⁇ -C6 alkyl)aryl, and C3-C6 alkoxyalkyl;
- R 20a is R 20 ' but not H;
- R 21 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group:
- R 12 is H or C1-C8 alkyl
- R 2 is H, C ⁇ -C ⁇ alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkylmethyl, C1-C6 cycloalkylethyl, phenyl, phenylmethyl, CH2OH, CH2SH, CH2OCH3,
- CH2SCH3, CH2CH2SCH3, (CH 2 ) S NH 2 , (CH 2 ) S NHC( NH) (NH 2 ) , or (CH 2 ) S NHR 21 , wherein s is 3-5; or
- R 12 and R 2 can be taken together to form -(CH2) t ⁇ / or -CH 2 SC(CH 3 ) 2 ⁇ 1 wherein t is 2-4; R 3 is H or Ci-C ⁇ alkyl;
- R 9 is H, C1-C8 alkyl
- R 5 is H, C ⁇ -C8 alkyl
- R 11 is H or C ⁇ -C 8 alkyl
- R 6 is CH2C02Y or CH2CO2R 4 ;
- R4 is independently selected at each occurrence from: H, Ci-C ⁇ alkyl,
- CN CO2R 22 , CON(R 2 ) 2 , N(R 24 )COR 24 , morpholino, 2-(l- morpholino) ethoxy, N(R 22 ) 2 , N + (R 22 ) 3 , 0C0CH3, CF 3 , S(O) 0 -2R 22 ; CH(R 24 )OR 26 ,
- R 22 is selected independently from: H, C ⁇ -C ⁇ o alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, " C4-C12 alkylcycloalkyl, aryl, -(C ⁇ -C ⁇ o alkyl)aryl, or C3-C10 alkoxyalkyl;
- R 22 groups when two R 22 groups are bonded to a single N, said R 22 groups may alternatively be taken together to form -(CH 2 )2-5 ⁇ or -(CH 2 )0(CH 2 )-;
- R 24 is selected independently from: H, Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, phenyl, or benzyl;
- R25 i s selected from: 20 H;
- C ⁇ -C 8 alkyl or C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl said alkyl or cycloalkyl being substituted with 1-2 groups independently selected from: 25 C1-C4 alkyl;
- R 26 is selected from:
- Ci-Ce alkyl or C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl said alkyl or cycloalkyl being substituted with 1-2 groups independently selected 20 from:
- R 27 is selected from:
- Ci-C ⁇ alkyl or C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl said alkyl or cycloalkyl being substituted with 1-2 groups independently selected from:
- R 28 is selected from: H, C 1 -C 5 alkyl, or benzyl;
- n 1 to 4.
- Y is H or a suitable carboxylate protecting group and can be selected from the group consisting of: alkyl esters such as C to C8 alkyl, C5 to C8 cycloalkylalkyl and t- butyl; aryl esters such as benzyl, substituted benzyl, triphenylmethyl, diphenylmethy1, pentamethylbenzy1,tetramethylbenzy1, and trimethylbenzyl; or esters which can be cleaved by acidolysis, mild base treatment or mild reductive means such as trichloroethyl and phenacyl esters; other protecting groups can be CH2CH2CN, trialkylsilyl, phthalimidomethyl, anthrylmethyl, phenylfluorenyl, 4-picolyl and phenacyl;
- W is H or an amine protecting group and is selected from the group consisting of: acyl types such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthalyl, and p- toluenesulfonyl; aromatic carbamate types such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and substituted benzyloxycarbonyls, l-(p- biphenyl)-1-methylethoxycarbonyl, and 9- fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc) ; aliphatic carbamate types such as tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc) , ethoxycarbonyl, diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, and allyloxycarbonyl; cyclic alkyl carbamate types such as cyclopentyloxycarbonyl and adamantyloxycarbonyl; alkyl types such as triphenylmethyl and benzyl; trialkylsilane such as trimethyls
- XX is H or a suitable amine protecting group and is 5 selected from the group consisting of: acyl types such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl, • phthalyl, and p-toluenesulfonyl; aromatic carbamate types such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and substituted benzyloxycarbonyls, 1-
- allyloxycarbonyl 15 allyloxycarbonyl; cyclic alkyl carbamate types such as cyclopentyloxycarbonyl and adamantyloxycarbonyl; alkyl types such as triphenylmethyl and benzyl; trialkylsilane such as trimethylsilane; and thiol containing
- phenylthiocarbonyl and dithiasuccinoylalkyl-urethane sulfenyl types such as O-nitrophenylsulfenyl (NPS), nitropyridylsulfenyl (NPYS), 2,3, 6-trimethyl- 4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mtr-NR2) , 2,4,6-
- W and XX are independently Cbz, t-Boc;
- R 19 is selected from:
- R 15 and R 18 are independently selected from H, C1-C4 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, phenyl-(C2-C4)alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy;
- R 17 and R 16 are independently H or C 1 -C 4 alkyl
- R 7 is H, Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, phenyl, halogen, or Cr C 4 alkoxy;
- R 11 is H or C 1 -C 3 alkyl
- R 12 is H or CH3 ;
- R 9 is H, C1-C3 alky l ;
- R 5 is H, C1-C3 alkyl;
- R 4 is selected from: H,
- R 2 is C1-C4 alkyl
- R 5 , R 9 , R 16 , R 17 and R 18 are H;
- R 11 , and R 12 are H or CH3;
- R 15 is H, C1-C4 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, or phenyl-(C2-C4)alkyl;
- R 3 is H or C 1 -C 3 alkyl
- R 4 is selected from:
- R 24 is H, Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl
- R 27 is C 1 -C 5 alkyl, benzyl or phenyl
- R 19 is phenyl
- R 5 , R 9 , R 11 , R 12 , and R 14 are H;
- R 2 is ethyl
- R 3 is methyl
- R 6 is CH2 ⁇ OBn, CH2 ⁇ OtBu, or CH2 ⁇ 0-tBoc
- R 24 is C 1 -C 4 linear alkyl or H
- R 27 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl, benzyl, or phenyl
- XX is Cbz or Boc.
- any variable for example, R 1 through R 8 , m, n, p, W, Y, etc.
- its definition on each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence.
- combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
- alkyl is intended to include both branched and straight-chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms; “alkoxy” represents an alkyl group of indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an oxygen bridge; “cycloalkyl” is intended to include saturated ring groups, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl; and “biycloalkyl” is intended to include saturated bicyclic ring groups such as [3.3.0]bicyclooctane, [4.3.O.bicyclononane, [4.4.O.bicyclodecane (decalin) , [2.2.2]bicyclooctane, and so forth.
- alkenyl is intended to include hydrocarbon chains of either a straight or branched configuration and one or more unsaturated carbon-carbon bonds which may occur in any stable point along the chain, such as ethenyl, propenyl and the like; and "alkynyl” is intended to include hydrocarbon chains of either a straight or branched configuration and one or more triple carbon-carbon bonds which may occur in any stable point along the chain, such as ethynyl, propynyl and the like. "Halo" or
- halogen refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo; and "counterion” is used to represent a small, negatively charged species such as chloride, bromide, hydroxide, acetate, sulfate and the like.
- aryl is intended to mean phenyl or naphthyl;
- carbocyclic is intended to mean any G stable 5- to 7- membered monocyclic or bicyclic or 7- to 14-membered bicyclic or tricyclic carbon ring, any of which may be saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic.
- carbocyles examples include, but are not limited to cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, indanyl or tetrahydronaphthyl (tetralin) .
- heterocycle or “heterocyclic ring system” is intended to mean a stable 5- to 7- membered monocyclic or bicyclic or 7- to 10- membered bicyclic heterocyclic ring which may be saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic, and which consists of carbon atoms and from 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, 0 and S and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized, and the nitrogen may optionally be quaternized, and including any bicyclic group in which any of the above-defined heterocyclic rings is fused to a benzene ring.
- the heterocyclic ring may be attached to its pendant group at any heteroatom or carbon atom which results in a stable structure.
- the heterocyclic rings described herein may be substituted on carbon or on a nitrogen atom if the resulting compound is stable.
- Examples of such heterocycles include, but are not limited to, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, indolyl, indolenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl or benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2- pyrrolidonyl, pyrolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquino
- stable compound or “stable structure” is meant herein a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
- substituted means that one or more hydrogen on the designated atom is replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the designated atom's normal valency is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound.
- amine protecting group means any group known in the art of organic synthesis for the protection of amine groups. Such amine protecting groups include those listed in Greene, “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis” John Wiley & Sons, New York (1981); and Geiger and K ⁇ nig, "The Peptides: Analysis, Sythesis, Biology, Vol. 3, Academic Press, New York (1981), the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Any amine protecting group known in the art can be used.
- amine protecting groups include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) acyl types such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthalyl, and p-toluenesulfonyl; 2) aromatic carbamate types such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and substituted benzyloxycarbonyls, 1-(p-biphenyl)-1- methylethoxycarbonyl, and 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc) ; 3) aliphatic carbamate types such as tert- butyloxycarbonyl (Boc) , ethoxycarbonyl, diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, and allyloxycarbonyl; 4) cyclic alkyl carbamate types such as cyclopent loxycarbony1 and adamantyloxycarbonyl; 5) alkyl types such as triphenylmethyl and benzyl; 6) trialkyl carba
- carboxylate protecting groups means any group known in the art of organic synthesis for the protection of carboxylate groups.
- Such carboxylate protecting groups include S8
- carboxylate protecting groups include, but are not limited to, the following: alkyl esters such as Cl to C ⁇ alkyl, C5 to C ⁇ cycloalkylalkyl and t-butyl; aryl esters such as benzyl, substituted benzyl, triphenylmethyl, diphenylmethyl, pentamethylbenzy1,tetramethylbenzy1, and trimethylbenzy1; or esters which can be cleaved by acidolysis, mild base treatment or mild reductive means such as trichloroethyl and phenacyl esters; other protecting groups can be CH2CH2CN, trialkylsilyl, phthalimidomethyl, anthrylmethyl, phenylfluorenyl, 4- picolyl and phenacyl.
- alkyl esters such as Cl to C ⁇ alkyl, C5 to C ⁇ cycloalkylalkyl and t-butyl
- aryl esters such as benzyl, substituted
- pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs refer to derivatives of the disclosed compounds that are modified by making acid or base salts, or by modifying functional groups present in the compounds in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo- to the parent compounds.
- examples include, but are not limited to: mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; esters of carboxylates; acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohols and amines; and the like.
- compositions of the compounds of the invention can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, nonaqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred. Lists of suitable salts are found in Remington's Pharmaffwi-.lnal Sciences. 17th ed.. Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA, 1985, p. 1418, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
- amino acid as used herein means an organic compound containing both a basic amino group and an acidic carboxyl group. Included within this term are modified and unusual amino acids,such as those disclosed in, for example, Roberts and Vellaccio (1983) The Peptides f 5: 342-429, the teaching of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
- amino acid residue means that portion of an amino acid (as defined herein) that is present in a peptide or pseudopeptide.
- peptide as used herein means a linear compound that consists of two or more amino acids (as defined herein) that are linked by means of peptide or pseudopeptide bonds.
- Boc-ON [2-(tert-butyloxycarbonyloxylimino)-2- phenylacetonitrile
- Phg phenylglycine
- Trp tryptophan
- the present invention provides a process for the synthesis of compounds of formula (I) .
- the provided process is accomplished using inexpensive, simple starting materials and a more efficient approach to the problem of incorporating NMeArg into peptides.
- the overall process is novel: it utilizes novel reaction steps, novel reaction sequences, and novel reaction intermediates.
- knowledge of a number of standard techniques known to (cT those in the art is required. The following discussion and references are offered to provide such knowledge.
- peptides are elongated by deprotecting the ⁇ -amine of the C-terminal residue and coupling the next suitably protected amino acid through a peptide linkage using the methods described. This deprotection and coupling procedure is repeated until the desired sequence is obtained.
- This coupling can be performed with the constituent amino acids in a stepwise fashion, or condensation of fragments (two to several amino acids) , or combination of both processes, according to the methods described by Merrifield, J. Am . Chem . Soc , 85: 2149-2154 (1963); " The Peptides” , Vol. 1, 2, 3, 5, and 9, (1979-1987), E. Gross and J.
- the coupling of two amino acid derivatives, an amino acid and a peptide, two peptide fragments, or the cyclization of a peptide can be carried out using standard coupling procedures such as the azide method, mixed carbonic acid anhydride (isobutyl chloroformate) method, carbodiimide (dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, diisopropylcarbodiimide, or water-soluble carbodiimides) method, active ester (p-nitrophenyl ester, N- hydroxysuccinic imido ester) method.
- Woodward reagent K method carbonyldiimidazole method, phosphorus reagents such as BOP-C1, or oxidation-reduction method.
- Some of these methods can be enhanced by the addition of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole.
- These coupling reactions may be performed in either solution (liquid phase) or solid phase.
- the functional groups of the constituent amino acids must be protected during the coupling reactions to avoid undesired bond formation.
- the protecting groups that can be used, methods of using them to protect amino acids, and methods to remove them are listed as above.
- the ⁇ -carboxyl group of the C-terminal residue is usually protected by an ester that can be cleaved to give the carboxylic acid.
- These protecting groups include but are not meant to be limited to: 1) alkyl esters such as methyl and t-butyl, 2) aryl esters such as benzyl and substituted benzyl, or 3) esters which can be cleaved by mild base treatment or mild, reductive means such as trichloroethyl and phenacyl esters.
- the C-terminal amino acid is attached to an insoluble carrier (usually polystyrene) .
- insoluble carriers contain a group which will react with the carboxyl group to form a bond which is stable to the elongation conditions but readily cleaved later.
- examples of which are: oxime resin (DeGrado and Kaiser (1980) J. Org. Chem . 45: 1295-1300) chloro or bromomethyl resin, hydroxymethyl resin, and aminomethyl resin.
- oxime resin DeGrado and Kaiser (1980) J. Org. Chem . 45: 1295-1300
- chloro or bromomethyl resin hydroxymethyl resin
- aminomethyl resin Many of these resins are commercially available with the desired C-terminal amino acid already incorporated.
- the ⁇ -amino group of each amino acid must be protected. Any amine protecting group known in the art can be used.
- acyl types such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthalyl, and p- toluenesulfonyl
- aromatic carbamate types such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and substituted benzyloxycarbonyls, 1- (p-biphenyl)-1- methylethoxycarbonyl, and 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc)
- 3) aliphatic carbamate types such as tert- butyloxycarbonyl (Boc) , ethoxycarbonyl, diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, and allyloxycarbonyl
- cyclic alkyl carbamate types such as £> ⁇ cyclopentyloxycarbonyl and adamantyloxycarbonyl
- alkyl types such as triphenylmethyl and benzyl
- trialkylsilane such as trimethylsilane
- the ⁇ -amino protecting group is cleaved prior to the coupling of the next amino acid.
- the reagents of choice are hydrogenation conditions using hydrogen at atmospheric pressure or in a Parr apparatus at elevated hydrogen pressure, or cyclohexene or ammonium formate over palladium, palladium hydroxide on charcoal or platinum oxide in methanol, ethanol or tetrahydrofuran, or combination of these solvents (P. N. Rylander, Hydrogenation Methods, Acedemic Press, 1985) .
- the Boc group the methods of choice are trifluoroacetic acid, neat or in dichloromethane, or HC1 in dioxane.
- the resulting ammonium salt is then neutralized either prior to the coupling or in situ with basic solutions such as aqueous buffers, or tertiary amines in dichloromethane or dimethylformamide.
- basic solutions such as aqueous buffers, or tertiary amines in dichloromethane or dimethylformamide.
- the reagents of choice are piperidine or substituted piperidines in dimethylformamide, but any secondary amine or aqueous basic solutions can be used.
- the deprotection is carried out at a temperature between 0°C and room temperature. Any of the amino acids bearing side chain functionalities must be protected during the preparation of the peptide using any of the above-identified groups.
- the following protecting groups are acceptable: p- toluenesulfonyl (tosyl) moieties for arginine; t- butyloxycarbonyl, phthalyl, or tosyl for lysine or ornithine; alkyl esters such as cyclopentyl for glutamic and aspartic acids; alkyl ethers for serine and threonine; and the indole of tryptophan can either be left unprotected or protected with a formyl group.
- tosyl p- toluenesulfonyl
- Boc is chosen for the ⁇ -amine protection the following protecting groups are acceptable: p- toluenesulfonyl (tosyl) moieties and nitro for arginine; benzyloxycarbonyl, substituted benzyloxycarbonyls, or tosyl for lysine; benzyl or alkyl esters such as cyclopentyl for glutamic and aspartic acids; benzyl ethers for serine and threonine; benzyl ethers, substituted benzyl ethers or 2-bromobenzyloxycarbonyl for tyrosine; p-methylbenzy1, p-methoxybenzyl, acetamidomethyl, benzyl, or t-butylsulfonyl for cysteine; and the indole of tryptophan can either be left unprotected or protected with a formyl group.
- tert-butyl based protecting groups are acceptable.
- Boc can be used for lysine, tert-butyl ether for serine, threonine and tyrosine, and tert-butyl ester for glutamic and aspartic acids.
- a protected form of Gin is dehydrated to give the corresponding protected derivative of 2-amino-4-cyano- butyric acid, which then can be methylated exclusively at the 2-amino group.
- the 4-cyano group is reduced to the corresponding aminomethyl group, giving a derivative of N ⁇ -methyl-ornithine.
- Guanylation of this amine for instance as described in Z. Tian, R. W. Roeske, Int . Journal Pept . Prot . Res . 1991, 37: 425-429 and references therein, and which is hereby incorporated by reference, converts the N ⁇ -methyl-ornithine into a derivative of N ⁇ -MeArg.
- Step 1 of the process begins with a commercially available compound (1) in which W is an amine protecting group, such as an alkyl-urethane, t-Boc, acyl, phthalyl, o-nitrophenylsulfenyl, Cbz, Fmoc, fluorenylphenyl, or some other amine protecting group as described above.
- W is an amine protecting group, such as an alkyl-urethane, t-Boc, acyl, phthalyl, o-nitrophenylsulfenyl, Cbz, Fmoc, fluorenylphenyl, or some other amine protecting group as described above.
- the preferred protecting group is Cbz.
- the carboxamide group of formula (1) is dehydrated to the corresponding nitrile through the action of an appropriate dehydrating agent such as C0C12, acetic anhydride, or a coupling agent as described in the references: Z. Grzonka, B. Liberek, Bull. Acad. Pol . Sci . Ser. Sci . Biol . (1969), 17: 219-22; T. Yoneta, S. Shibahara, S. Fukatsu, S. Seki, Bull. Chem. Soc . Jpn . (1978); M. Wilchek, S. Ariely, A. Patchornik, J. Org. Chem . (1968), 33: 1258-9, which are hereby incorporated by reference.
- the preferred reagent is phosgene in toluene, THF, dioxane or methylene chloride or mixtures of these solvents at temperatures ranging from 0° to 50°C.
- the resulting aminonitrile compound (2) is then selectively alkylated at the ⁇ -amino group using an alkylating agent, such as an alkyl halide or dialkylsulfate, and a base, such as NaH or K-O-t-Bu, Na- O-t-Bu, LDA, LiHMDS, NaHMDS, or KHMDS, to introduce a Ci to C8 straight or branched alkyl group, or benzyl to produce compound (3) .
- the preferred method uses NaH or K-O-t-Bu as bases and alkyliodide or dialkylsulfate as the alkylating agent in THF or dioxane at temperatures ranging from 0° to 50° C.
- .compound (2) can be alkylated using the approach of Freidinger et al., J. Org. Chem . (1983), 48: 77-81.
- step 3 compound (3) is converted to the corresponding N-carboxyanhydride by reaction with an acid chloride, anhydride or a coupling agent as described in E. Frerot, J. Coste, J. Poncet, P. Jouin, B. Castro, Tetrahedron Lett . (1992), 33: 2815-2816. In the preferred method, this is accomplished using PCI5' in THF, dioxane, methylene chloride, or toluene between 0° and 50 °C.
- the resulting N-carboxyanhydride (4) is then reacted with an amino acid or an amino acid derivative in step 4.
- the amino acid can be used with, or without a carboxylate protecting group as described above.
- Step 4 for the preparation of the compound of formula (5) where Y is t-butyl is via reaction with Gly-t-butyl ester, in solvents such as DMF, methylene chloride, chloroform, acetontrile between -40° and 0 °C.
- Compound (5) can alternatively be prepared from compound (3) using steps 3a and 4a above.
- Compound (3) is coupled to an amino acid or an amino acid ester using well-known methods as described above giving rise to dipeptide (6) .
- Selective deprotection of the alpha- amino protecting group gives rise to compound (5) .
- step 5 the N ⁇ -alkyl dipeptide (5) is coupled with a ⁇ -amino-protected amino acid to give o tripeptide (7) using well-known methods for peptide coupling as previously described.
- the preferred method to prepare (7) wherein W is Boc, Y is t-butyl, and R 3 is alkyl, is to couple the Boc-protected amino acid to (5) using activating agents that include diphenylphosphinic chloride, chloroformates, TBTU, carbodiimides plus hydroxylamine derivatives. Bop, PyBOP, or PyBrOP as previously described at temperatures ranging from -30° to 70 °C in the presence of a tertiary amine such as DIEA in solvents including DMF or methylene chloride.
- Part D illustrates the method used to convert the substituted 2-amino-4-cyano-butyric acid moiety of (7 ) into the corresponding ornithine derivative in compound (8 ) , and into an Arg derivative in compound (10 ) .
- An advantage of the present invention is that this sequence of transformations can be carried out at any point that is convenient within the overall synthesis of a peptide.
- Step 6 involves the reduction of the nitrile to the corresponding aminomethyl function. This transformation can be carried out using reaction conditions well known in the literature for reducing cyano groups, as described in Tetrahedron Lett . , 4393 (1975); Modern Synthetic Reactions, H.O. House (1972); or Harting et al. J. Am . Chem .
- the preferred method for preparing (8) from (7) involves reductive hydrogenation at elevated hydrogen pressure, with Pt ⁇ 2 in an alcohol solvent like ethanol between ambient temperature and about 60°C.
- Step 7 involves reaction of the amine (8) released in step 6 with a guanylating agent (9) in which XX is H or an amine protecting group as listed above and Z is a leaving group such as S03 ⁇ , S-alkyl, O-alkyl.
- a guanylating agent 9 in which XX is H or an amine protecting group as listed above and Z is a leaving group such as S03 ⁇ , S-alkyl, O-alkyl.
- XX is Cbz
- Z is S-ethyl or S-methyl
- this reagent is reacted with (8) in the presence of a tertiary amine such as DIEA in solvents such as water, methanol, ethanol, dioxane or combination of these solvents at ambient temperature to reflux temperature of the solvent. 7.)-.
- Step 8 the free amino acid tripeptide (11) is prepared by the deprotection of compound (10) .
- deprotection of (10) wherein Y is t-butyl alkyl and W is t-Boc may be accomplished using any of a variety of methods well known in the literature- for the deprotection of t-butyl esters and t-Boc groups. Such methods include: hydrogen chloride in dioxane; and trifluoroacetic acid neat or in methylene chloride.
- the preferred method to prepare the free amino acid compound, (11) , by deprotection of compound (10) wherein W is t-Boc and Y is t-butyl alkyl, utilizes trifluoroacetic acid in methylene chloride or hydrogen chloride in dioxane, at ambient temperature.
- the fully elaborated protected linear peptide compound, (13) is prepared by coupling the carboxylic acid compound, (12), and the amino tripeptide compound, (11) .
- This step may be carried out using any of the variety of methods well known in the literature for forming amide bonds, as previously described.
- the preferred coupling method for the preparation of the linear pentapeptide compound of formula (13) wherein G is t-Boc involves preactivation of (12) to form an active ester using a carbodiimide and hydroxysuccinimide o or pentafluorophenol at 0 C to ambient temperature, followed by addition of (11) dissolved in- DMF or acetonitrile at 0° to 100 °C.
- the free amino acid pentapeptide compound, (14) is prepared by the deprotection of compound (13) .
- deprotection of (14) wherein G is t-Boc may be accomplished using any of a variety of methods well known in the literature for the deprotection of t-butyl esters and t-Boc groups. Such methods include: hydrogen chloride in dioxane or ethyl acetate; and trifluoroacetic acid neat or in methylene chloride, chloroform, ether, or toluene.
- the preferred method to prepare the free amino acid compound (14) is deprotection of compound (13) wherein G is t-Boc, utilizing trifluoroacetic acid in methylene chloride or hydrogen chloride in dioxane, at ambient temperature.
- Step 11 the cyclic compound, (15) , is prepared by cyclization of the linear pentapeptide compound, (14) .
- This step may be accomplished using any of the variety of amide bond forming reactions well known in the literature as described above, or under conditions known to promote acrocyclization as described is R. Schmidt, K. Neubert, Int . Jour. Peptide . Prot . Res . (1991), 37: 502-507 which is hereby incorporated by reference.
- the preferred cyclization methods for the preparation of compounds of formula (15) from the linear compound, (14) utilizes a tertiary amine as base, such as DIEA, and TBTU, BOP, PyBrOP, PyBOP, or a carbodiimide such as 1- (3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride or DCC in a solvent such as N,N- dimethylformamide or acetonitrile, at ambient temperature.
- a tertiary amine as base such as DIEA, and TBTU, BOP, PyBrOP, PyBOP, or a carbodiimide such as 1- (3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride or DCC in a solvent such as N,N- dimethylformamide or acetonitrile, at ambient temperature.
- Step 12 a compound of formula (I), wherein R 4 is H, is formed: the ⁇ -carboxylic acid, (16), is prepared from the corresponding compound of formula (15) wherein R 6 is CH2C02Bn by catalytic hydrogenation: the protecting groups on the guanidino function are simultaneously removed if XX is Cbz or aaother protecting group which can be removed by hydrogenolysis.
- R 6 is CH2C02Bn by catalytic hydrogenation: the protecting groups on the guanidino function are simultaneously removed if XX is Cbz or aaother protecting group which can be removed by hydrogenolysis.
- Scheme 2 illustrates a process for the synthesis of
- R 4 is other than H, e.g. an ester.
- the synthesis proceeds similarly to scheme 1, but differs at Part F where here the protecting groups on the ⁇ -amino group and the ⁇ -carboxylate are orthogonally removed.
- G of (13) is Fmoc
- R 11 is CH2-C02-t-Bu.
- the Fmoc is removed using a secondary or tertiary amine, such as piperidine, in a polar organic solvent, such as DMF.
- this deblocking reaction step can be carried out in situ during the cyclization step if the cyclization reaction is carried out in the presence of DMAP or a similar base.
- compound (13) wherein G is FMOC is deprotected and cyclized by treating it with DMAP and TBTU in DMF.
- the carboxylate protecting group is removed.
- the deprotection is effected using the conditions described above to convert compound (10) to (11) .
- the fourth reaction in Scheme 2 involves alkylation of the carboxylate that was liberated in the previous step. This is carried out using an alkyl halide or alkyl sulfonate ester, such as alkyl-tosylates, in DMF with a tertiary amine as base at temperatures ranging from 0 °C to 50 °C.
- an alkyl halide or alkyl sulfonate ester such as alkyl-tosylates
- intermediate compound (12) is shown in Scheme 3.
- the pseudodipeptide (12) is prepared by coupling the amino carboxylic acid compound of formula (18) or formula (18A) , with the activated carboxylic acid of an appropriately substituted N- ⁇ protected amino acid of (19) wherein G is a protecting group such as Fmoc or t-Boc, using any of the amide bond forming reactions previously described.
- the preferred method for preparing the pseudodipeptide compound, (12) , wherein R is phenyl is by reaction of the free amino acid compound, (18) wherein R 1 is phenyl, with a carboxylic acid, (19), activated with N,N'- carbonyldiimidazole, in the solvent N,N- dimethylformamide, at ambient temperature.
- the carboxylic acid can be activated as the N-hyroxysuccinate ester in a solvent such as methylene chloride or N,N-dimethylformamide.
- the amino carboxylic acid compound of formula (18) or formula (18A) can be purchased or can be prepared by reduction of the appropriately substituted cyano carboxylic acid compound (17) by methods well known in the literature for reducing cyano groups, as described in Tett . Lett . , 4393 (1975); Modern Synthetic Reactions, H.O. House (1972); or Harting et al. J. Am . Chem . Soc , 50: 3370 (1928) .
- the preferred method for preparing the amino acid (18) , wherein R* is phenyl from (17) involves reductive hydrogenation at elevated hydrogen pressure, with 10% palladium on charcoal in an alcohol solvent like ethanol between ambient temperature and 60°C. For example, reduction of 3- or 4-cyanobenzoic acid, which is a compound of formula (17) wherein R* is phenyl, under these conditions affords the corresponding benzyl amine of formula (18) .
- N-alkylated compound of formula (24) can be prepared according to standard procedures, for example. Olsen, J. Org. Chem. (1970) 35: 1912) . This compound may also be prepared as shown in Scheme 4.
- Schemes 5-8 show a number of alternative routes to intermediate compounds of formula (24) .
- Compound (24) falls within general formula (18) and is useful for the synthesis of compounds of formula (12) .
- Scheme 5 details a method for the preparation of compounds of formula (24) wherein R 15 is C ⁇ -C8 alkyl, C ⁇ -C8 cycloalkyl, or aryl.
- Scheme 8 shows a route for the preparation of compounds of formula (24) wherein R 1 ⁇ is alkyl or phenyl.
- Schemes 9 and 10 show routes for the preparation of compounds of formula (24) wherein R 1 ⁇ is CH3, or phenyl.
- R 1 of the invention include aminoalkyl-naphthoic acid.
- Formula (29) and aminoalkyl-tetrahydronaphthoic acid.
- Formula (30) as depicted above in scheme 9.
- R 1 Formula (I) Some other possible analogues for R 1 Formula (I) can be prepared according to a modification of standard procedures previously reported in the literature such as described in Earnest, I.,et al., Tett. Lett., (1990) 31: 4011-4014.
- Such methods include: catalytic reduction with hydrogen over platinum oxide; catalytic reduction at elevated hydrogen pressure over palladium on charcoal; or phase transfer hydrogenation with cyclohexene or ammonium formate, in an appropriate solvent such as methanol or ethanol.
- the preferred method for the preparation of Formula (V) involves hydrogenation of compound (7) with 10% palladium on charcoal in an alcohol solvent, at a temperature between ambient temperature and 70° C. Alternatively, the reaction may be carried out with 10% palladium on charcoal, at elevated hydrogen pressure, in an alcohol solvent.
- Step 7 the fully elaborated protected linear peptide compound, (21), is prepared by coupling the carboxylic acid compound, (12), and the amino tripeptide compound, (20) .
- This step may be carried out using any of the variety of methods well known in the literature for forming amide bonds, as previously described.
- the preferred coupling method for the preparation of the linear pentapeptide compound of formula (21) wherein G is t-Boc involves preactivation of (12) to form an active ester using a carbodiimide and hydroxysuccinimide or pentafluorophenol at 0 C to ambient temperature, ' followed by addition of (20) dissolved in'DMF or acetonitrile at 0° to 100 °C.
- the free amino acid pentapeptide compound, (22) is prepared by the deprotection of compound (21) .
- deprotection of (21) wherein G is t-Boc may be accomplished using any of a variety of methods well known in the literature for the deprotection of t-Boc groups. Such methods include: hydrogen chloride in dioxane or ethyl acetate; and trifluoroacetic acid neat or in methylene chloride, chloroform, ether, or toluene.
- the preferred method to prepare the free amino acid compound (22) is deprotection of compound (21) wherein G is t-Boc, utilizing trifluoroacetic acid in methylene chloride or hydrogen chloride in dioxane, at ambient temperature.
- Step 9 the cyclic compound, (23) , is prepared by cyclization of the linear pentapeptide compound, (22) .
- This step may be accomplished using any of the variety of amide bond forming reactions well known in the literature as described above, or under conditions known to promote macrocyclization as described is R. Schmidt, K. Neubert, Int. Jour. Peptide . Prot . Res . (1991), 37: 502-507 which is hereby incorporated by reference.
- the preferred cyclization methods for the preparation of compounds of formula (23) from the linear compound, (22) utilizes a tertiary amine as base, such as DIEA, and TBTU, BOP, PyBrOP, PyBOP, or a carbodiimide such as 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride or DCC in a solvent such as N,N- dimethylformamide or acetonitrile, at ambient temperature.
- a tertiary amine as base such as DIEA, and TBTU, BOP, PyBrOP, PyBOP, or a carbodiimide such as 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride or DCC
- a solvent such as N,N- dimethylformamide or acetonitrile
- Step 10 the amino- ⁇ -carboxylic acid, (25), is prepared from the corresponding compound of formula (23) wherein R*> is CH2C02Bn by nitrile reduction using catalytic hydrogenation with simultaneous benzyl hydrogenolysis.
- This transformation can -be carried out using reaction conditions well known in the literature for reducing cyano groups, as described in Tett . Lett . , 4393 (1975); Modern Synthetic Reactions, H.O. House (1972); or Harting et al. J. Am . Chem. Soc , 50: 3370 (1928) .
- Step 11 involves reaction of the amine released in Step 10 with a guanylating agent (9) in which XX is H or an amine protecting group as listed above and Z is a leaving group such as SO3", S-alkyl, O-alkyl to form compounds of Formula (I) .
- a guanylating agent 9 in which XX is H or an amine protecting group as listed above and Z is a leaving group such as SO3", S-alkyl, O-alkyl to form compounds of Formula (I) .
- t-Butyloxycarbonyl (Boc) amino acids and other starting amino acids may be obtained commercially from Bachem Inc., Bachem Biosciences Inc. (Philadelphia, PA) , Advanced ChemTech (Louisville, KY) , Peninsula Laboratories (Belmont, CA) , or Sigma (St. Louis, MO).
- 2- (lH-Benzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1,3, 3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and TBTU were purchased from Advanced ChemTech.
- N-methylmorpholine (NMM) , /n-cresol, D-2-aminobutyric acid (Abu) , trimethylacetylchloride, diisopropylethylamine (DIEA) , 3-cyanobenzoic acid and [2-(tert-butyloxycarbonyloxylimino)-phenylacetonitrile] (Boc-ON) were purchased from Aldrich Chemical Company.
- Dimethylformamide (DMF) , ethyl acetate, chloroform (CHCI3) , methanol (MeOH) , pyridine and hydrochloric acid (HC1) were obtained from Baker.
- Acetonitrile, dichloromethane (DCM) , acetic acid (HOAc) , trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) , ethyl ether, triethylamine, acetone, and magnesium sulfate were purchased from EM Science. Palladium on carbon catalyst (10% Pd) was purchased from Aldrich Chemical Company or Fluka Chemical Company. Absolute ethanol was obtained from Quantum Chemical Corporation. Thin layer chromatography (TLC) was performed on Silica Gel 60 F254 TLC plates (layer thickness 0.2 mm) which were purchased from EM Separations. TLC visualization was accomplished using UV light, iodine, and/or ninhydrin spray. Melting points were determined using a Thomas Hoover or
- Electrothermal 9200 melting point apparatus and are uncorrected. NMR spectra were recorded on a 300 MHz General Electric QE-300, Varian 300, or Varian 400 spectrometer.
- FAB-MS Fast atom bombardment mass spectrometry
- Example 1 Nfl-benzyloxvearbonvl-N g -meth ⁇ l-4-cvano-I--2- min..butyric acid Z-Gln (28.03 g, 100 mmol) was dissolved in 300 mL THF in a flask bottle protectected from moisture and to it was added 100 mL 1.93 M phosgene in toluene (193 mmol) . The solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 h and concentrated at 30° C to 200 mL. Water (200 mL) was added slowly with stirring. After stirring at room temperature for 2 h, the organic phase was seperated, and the water phase was extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic solution was washed with brine four times, dried (MgSO_j) , and concentrated. The oily product was dried over KOH overnight.
- the dried oily product was taken up in 300 mL dry THF and 49.8 mL (800 mmol) methyl iodide in a flask bottle protected from moisture and the solution was cooled in an ice bath. To it was slowly added 10 g sodium hydride (250 mmol, 60% dispersion in oil) . The mixture was stirred in the ice bath for 1 h and then at room temperature for 22 h. Ethyl acetate (50 mL) was added, and after stirring for 10 min, 100 mL water was added slowly. The solution was acidified with a few drops of 4 N HCl to pH8-9 and then concentrated at 30° C to remove the organic solvents.
- N-Boc-D-2-aminobutyric acid dicyclohexylamine salt 8.08 g, 21 mmol
- diphenylphosphinic chloride 3.91 mL, 20.5 mmol
- the mixture was stirred at 0° to -5° C for 24 h, and then concentrated. Ethyl acetate was added and insoluble material was filtered off.
- Example 3 (4.63 g, 10.5 mmol) was dissolved in 70 mL methanol in a Parr bottle and to it was added a cold solution of 1.2 mL concentrated hydrochloric acid (38%) in 10 mL methanol followed by 200 mg platinum(IV) oxide. The mixture was hydrogenated at 55 psi for 1 h, the catalyst was filtered off, and 2.09 mL (15 mmol) triethylamine was added. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was taken up in 20 mL THF.
- Example 5 p-2-a ⁇ ngt>ut ⁇ ry_i-y fl -me h ⁇ l-W m . ⁇ ⁇ -
- Example 4 A solution of Example 4 (9 g, 11.9 mmol) in 90 mL 50% TFA in methylene chloride was stirred at room temperature for 2 h and the solution was concentrated at 30° C. Cold ether was added, and after standing, the solid was filtered, washed with ether, and dried. Yield 8.4 g (99%).
- FAB-MS (MH + ) Calculated 599.3; Found 599.3.
- Example 6 N-Boc- -aspartvl fb_>nzvl.-3-(aminomethyli- benzoic acid
- 3-cyanobenzoic acid (3.38 g, 23 mmol) was dissolved in 30 mL THF by warming and stirring. Isopropanol (20 mL) was added and the solution was allowed to cool to room temperature. To it was added 2.5 mL precooled concentrated HCl (38%) followed by 160 mg platinum(IV) oxide. The mixture was hydrogenated at 55 psi overnight. The product precipitated during the hydrogenation. Ether (100 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred and then cooled. The precipitate was filtered, washed with cold ether, and dissolved in 40 ml DMF. The catalyst was filtered off and rinsed with DMF.
- example 6 To a solution of example 6 (2.29 g, 5 mmol) and pentafluorophenol (1.01 g, 5.5 mmol) in 15 mL THF was added DCC (1.03 g, 5 mmol) and the mixture was stirred overnight. Dicyclohexylurea was filtered off and rinsed with THF, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. To the residue was added a solution of example 5 (3.56 g, 5 mmol) in 10 ml DMF followed by 2.1 mL (12 mmol) diisopropylethylamine. After stirring at room temperature for 6 h, 50 mL 5% citric acid was added followed by 80 mL ethyl acetate.
- Example 8 -aapartyl (benzyl) -3- (_u_ingmethyl) enzpy _ ⁇ --____
- Example 10 C ⁇ elor___-aana_t ⁇ l-3- aminome_-h ⁇ l-benzo ⁇ l--->- 2-aminobt.fr ⁇ rvl- ⁇ fl-mefchvl-E-arqinvl-qlvcvl.
- example 12 (10.89 g, 20 mmol), pentafluorophenol (4.05 g, 22 mmol) and DCC (4.13 g, 20 mmol) in 50 mL THF was stirred at room temperature overnight. Dicyclohexylurea was filtered off, rinsed with THF, and the filtrate was concentrated. To it was added a solution of example 5 (14.25 g, 20 mmol) in 40 mL DMF followed by 7.32 mL (42 mmol) diisopropylethylamine. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 h, insoluble material was filtered off, and the filtrate was added to 200 mL 3% citric acid with stirring.
- Example 18 Cvclori_-aapart ⁇ l-(iaopropvloxvcarbonvl- oxvmefchvl 3-aminomethvlibenzovl-g-2-aminobufcyrvl-. - arginyl-qlycyll
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Toxicology (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention provides processes for the preparation of platelet glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitors of formula (I). The present invention also provides processes for the preparation of intermediate compounds. Finally, the invention provides intermediate compounds useful in said processes for the preparation of platelet glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitors.
Description
TTTLF.
A Process And Intermediate Compounds Useful For The Preparation Of Platelet Glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa Inhibitors
Containing Nα-methylarginine
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
This invention relates to processes for the synthesis of platelet glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa inhibitors, and to intermediate compounds useful in said processes.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Activation of platelets and the resulting platelet aggregation and secretion of factors by the platelets have been associated with different pathophysiological conditions including cardiovascular and cerebrovascular thromboembolic disorders, for example, the thromboembolic disorders associated with unstable angina, myocardial infarction, transient ischemic attack, stroke, atherosclerosis and diabetes. The contribution of platelets to these disease processes stems from their ability to form aggregates, or platelet thrombi, especially in the arterial wall following injury.
Platelets are known to play an essential role in the maintenance of hemostasis and in the pathogenesis of arterial thrombosis. Platelet activation has been shown to be enhanced during coronary thrombolysis which can lead to delayed reperfusion and reocclusion. Clinical studies with aspirin, ticlopidine and a monoclonal antibody for platelet glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa provide biochemical evidence for platelet involvement in unstable angina, early stage of acute myocardial
infarction, transient ischemic attack, cerebral ischemia, and stroke.
Platelets are activated by a wide variety of agonists resulting in platelet shape change, secretion of granular contents and aggregation. Aggregation of . platelets serves to further focus clot formation by concentrating activated clotting factors in one site. Several endogenous agonists including adenosine diphosphate (ADP) , serotonin, arachidonic acid, thrombin, and collagen, have been identified. Because of the involvement of several endogenous agonists in activating platelet function and aggregation, an inhibitor which acts against all agonists would represent a more efficacious antiplatelet agent than currently available antiplatelet drugs, which are agonist-specific.
Current antiplatelet drugs are effective against only one type of agonist; these include aspirin, which acts against arachidonic acid; ticlopidine, which acts against ADP; thromboxane A2 synthetase inhibitors or receptor antagonists, which act against thromboxane A2; and hirudin, which acts against thrombin.
Recently, a common pathway for all known agonists has been identified, namely platelet glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa complex (GPIIb/IIIa), which is the membrane protein mediating platelet aggregation. A recent review of GPIIb/IIIa is provided by Phillips et al. (1991) Cell 65: 359-362. The development of a GPIIb/IIIa antagonist represents a promising new approach for antiplatelet therapy. Recent studies in man with a monoclonal antibody for GPIIb/IIIa indicate the antithrombotic benefit of a GPIIb/IIIa antagonist.
There is presently a need for a GPIIb/IIIa-specific antiplatelet agent which inhibits the activation and aggregation of platelets in response to any agonist. Such an agent should represent a more efficacious
antiplatelet therapy than the currently available agonist-specific platelet inhibitors.
GPIIb/IIIa does not bind soluble proteins on unstimulated platelets, but GPIIb/IIIa in activated platelets is known to bind four soluble adhesive proteins, namely fibrinogen, von Willebrand factor, fibronectin, and vitronectin. The binding of fibrinogen and von Willebrand factor to GPIIb/IIIa causes platelets to aggregate. The binding of fibrinogen is mediated in part by the Arg-Gly-Asp (RGD) recognition sequence which is common to the adhesive proteins that bind GPIIb/IIIa.
Several RGD-containing peptides and related compounds have been reported which block fibrinogen binding and prevent the formation of platelet thrombi. For example, see Cadroy et al. (1989) J. Clin . Invest . 84: 939-944; Klein et al. U.S. Patent 4,952,562, issued 8/28/90; European Patent Application EP 0319506 A; European Patent Application EP 0422938 Al; European Patent Application EP 0422937 Al; European Patent Application EP 0341915 A2; PCT Patent Application WO
89/07609; PCT Patent Application WO 90/02751; PCT Patent Application WO 91/04247; and European Patent Application EP 0343085 Al.
Compounds of formula (I) below are difficult to prepare. A key difficulty in the synthesis of this class of compounds is the preparation of a derivative of Arg (or another analogue of this amino acid) , which is methylated exclusively on the α-amino group. Previous attempts to make peptides containing this amino acid have involved the synthesis of derivatives of MeArg which require relatively expensive starting materials, and multi-step syntheses. For example, the process described in United States Patent Application 07/949,085 uses N-α methyl Tosyl protected Arginine as the initial starting material. Thus, Boc- eArg protected at the guanidino function with a tosyl group has been prepared
starting with tosyl-arginine in a 4-step procedure. This derivative can then be incorporated into peptides by the solution phase or solid phase method. This method is very expensive and is not easily amenable to bulk preparation. Alternatively, MeArg can be introduced into peptides via a N°-phthalyl-protected Orn intermediate using the general approach described for Lys derivatives in R. M. Freidinger, J. S. Hinkle, D. S. Perlow, B. H. Arison, J". Org. Chem. (1983), 48: 77-81, and the guanidino group introduced at a later point in the synthesis as described in Z. Tian, R. W. Roeske, Int . J. Pept . Prot . Res . (1991), 37: 425-429 and references therein. However, this procedure requires many steps resulting in an expensive process. Thus, there is a need for a process capable of providing these compounds that utilizes inexpensive, readily available starting materials and intermediates, cheaper coupling reagents, techniques for cyclizing the compound that do not require high dilution in solvents which are difficult to remove and which result in higher outputs. The present invention involves the use of a protected form of Gin which is dehydrated to give a derivative of 2-amino-4-cyano-butyric acid. Such derivatives of 2-amino-4-cyano-butyric acid have been prepared starting with Gin as described in Z. Grzonka, B. Liberek, Bull. Acad. Pol . Sci . Ser. Sci . Biol . (1969), 17: 219-22; T. Yoneta, S. Shibahara, S. Fukatsu, S. Seki, Bull . Chem. Soc . Jpn . (1978); and M. Wilchek, S. Ariely, A. Patchornik, J. Org. Chem. (1968), 33: 1258-9, and these derivatives have also been used to prepare Orn as described in I. Mezo, M. Havranek, I. Teplan, J. Benes, B. Tanacs, Acta Chim . Acad. Sci . Hung. (1975), 85: 201-13. However, derivatives of 2-amino-4- cyano-butyric acid have not been used as synthetic intermediates to produce the selective and efficient
methylation of the α-amino group of Orn or Arg, nor the incorporation of these into peptides. Thus, insertion of an alkylation reaction into the reaction scheme (Gin to methyl-2-amino-4-cyano-butyric acid to Nα-MeOrn) , provides a novel entree into Nα-mono-alkyl derivatives of Orn and Arg. This invention involves the novel and more efficient approach to the problem of selectively methylating the α-amino group of Orn or Arg and incorporating Nα-MeArg or Nα-MeOrn into peptides.
SUMMARY OF THF. INVENTION
It is an objective of the present invention to provide processes for the preparation of platelet glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa inhibitors of Formula (I) . It is also an objective of the present invention to provide intermediate compounds (of Formulae (II, III, IV, V, and VI) useful in said processes for the preparation of platelet glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa inhibitors. Finally, it is an objective of this invention to provide processes for the preparation of said intermediate compounds.
DETAILED ESΓRTPTTQN OF THE INVENTION
This invention is directed to a process for the preparation of compounds of formula (I) :
G>
Formula (I)
comprising the steps of:
(a) alkylating the α-amino group of an a inonitrile of the formula:
Nq
OH to produce a compound of the formula
(IV) :
Formula(IV)
and coupling with amino acid derivatives to produce a nitrile tripeptide of the formula:
(b) reducing the nitrile group from the product of step (a) to form the formula:
NH2
(c) reacting the amino group of the product of step (b) with a guanylating agent of the formula:
N-XX
Z , to produce the formula :
(d) deprotecting the carboxyl and α-amino groups of the product from step (c) to form the compound of the formula:
and coupling the above formula with a carboxylic acid derivative of formula:
to produce a protected linear peptide of formula:
(e) removing the protecting group (G) of the product of Step (d) to produce a deprotected linear peptide of formula (III) :
Formula (III)
(f) cyclizing the deprotected linear peptide of Formula (III) to produce a cyclic peptide of formula (II) :
_.NXX
\
NH /
H
Formula(II)
(g) then converting the Formula (II) by a series of deprotecting and/or alkylating steps to a compound of formula (I) :
Formula (I)
wherein :
p and p* are 0 or 1;
R19 is a C6-C14 saturated, partially saturated, or aromatic carbocyclic ring system or heterocyclic ring system composed of carbon atoms and at least 1- 3 heteroatoms selected from N, 0, S; all these ring systems may be optionally substituted with 0-2 R7;
R17 and R16 are independently selected from the group:
hydrogen,
C1-C4 alkyl, optionally substituted with halogen, C1-C2 alkoxy, and
ll benzyl;
R!5 and R 8 are independently selected from the group: 5 hydrogen,
Ci-Cβ alkyl substituted with 0-2 R8, C2-C8 alkenyl substituted with 0-2 R8, C2-C8 alkynyl substituted with 0-2 R8, 10 C3-C8 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-2
R8, C6"CiO bicycloalkyl substituted with 0-2
R8,
15 aryl substituted with 0-2 R13, and
a heterocylic ring system composed of 5- 10 atoms including 1-3 nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur heteroatoms with the remaining 20 atoms being carbon, optionally substituted with 0-2 R13;
R15 and R17 can alternatively join to form a 5-7 membered carbocyclic ring 25 substituted with 0-2 R13;
R18 and R16 can alternatively join to form a 5-7 membered carbocyclic ring substituted with 0-2 R13; 30
R7 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group:
phenyl, benzyl, phenethyl, phenoxy, 35 benzyloxy, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C5 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl.
C3-C6 cycloalkylmethyl, C7-C10 arylalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, -CO2R20 / sulfonamide, formyl, C3-C6 cycloalkoxy, -OC(=0)R20, -C(=0)R20,-OC(=0)OR20a, 5 -OR20, -CH2OR20, and C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with -NR20R21.
R8 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: 10
=0, F, Cl, Br, I, -CF3, -CN, -C02R20, -C(=O)NR20R21, -CH2OR20, -OC(=O)R20, -CH2NR20R21, and -NR20R 1;
15 R13 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group:
phenyl, benzyl, phenethyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, halogen, hydroxy, nitro,
20 cyano, C1-C5 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl,
C3-C6 cycloalkylmethyl, C7-C10 arylalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, -CO2R20/ sulfonamide, formyl, C3-C6 cycloalkoxy, -OC(=0)R20, -C(=0)R20,-OC(=0)OR20a,
25 -OR20, -CH OR20, and C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with -NR20R21;
R20 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: 30 H, C1-C8 alkyl, aryl, -(C1-C6 alkyl)aryl, and C3-C6 alkoxyalkyl;
R20a is R20, but not H.
R21 is independently selected at each 35 occurrence from the group:
H, C1-C4 alkyl, and benzyl;
R12 is H or C1-C8 alkyl;
R2 is H, Cχ-C8 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkylmethyl, Cχ-C6 cycloalkylethyl, phenyl, phenylmethyl, CH2OH, CH2SH, CH2OCH3, CH2SCH3, CH2CH2SCH3, (CH2)3NH2, (CH2)8NHC(=NH) (NH2) , or (CH2)SNHR21, wherein s is 3-5; or
R12 and R2 can be taken together to form -(CH2)t~ / or -CH2SC(CH3)2- , wherein t is 2-4;
R3 is H or Ci-Ce alkyl or C1-C4 alkylphenyl;
R9 is H, Ci-Cβ alkyl;
R5 is H, Cχ-C8 alkyl;
R11 is H or Ci-Cβ alkyl;
R4 is independently selected at each occurrence from:
H,
Ci-Ce alkyl; C2-C8 alkenyl; C2-C8 alkynyl; C3-C8 cycloalkyl;
Ci-Cβ alkyl substituted with aryl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from halogen, phenyl, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, N02, -S (0) 0-2 (C1-C5 alkyl), OH,
N (R22) 2, CO2R22, CON (R22) 2 or -CVFW where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+l ) ; C3-C8 cycloalkyl ; and
aryl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from halogen, phenyl, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, NO2,' -S(0) 0-2 (Cι~ C5 alkyl), OH, N(R22)2/ CO2R22, CON(R22)2 or
-CvFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+l) ;
C2-C8 alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl; substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, halogen, O2 CN, CO2R22,
CON(R22)2, N(R24)COR24, morpholino, 2-(l- morpholino)ethoxy, N(R22)2. N+(R22)3, 0C0CH3, CF3, S(0)o-2R22/
-CH(R24)OR26; -CH(R 4)OC(=0)R25;
-CH(R24)OC(=0)OR26;
-CH(R24)OC(=0)N(R25)2;
-CH(R24)N(R24)C(=0)R24;
-CH(R24)C02R25; -CH(R24)C0N(R2 )2;
-CH(R )N(R 2)2;
IS"
erein
R22 is selected independently from: H, Ci-Cio alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C4-C12 alkylcycloalkyl, aryl, -(Cχ-Cιo alkyl)aryl, or C3-CX0 alkoxyalkyl;
when two R22 groups are bonded to a single N, said R22 groups may alternatively be taken together to form -(CH2)2-5~ or -(CH2)0(CH2)-;
R24 is selected independently from: H, Ci-Cβ alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, phenyl, or benzyl;
R25 is selected from: H;
\Q> Ci-Cβ alkyl or C3-C8 cycloalkyl, said alkyl or cycloalkyl being substituted with 1-2 groups independently selected from: 5 C1-C4 alkyl;
C3-C8 cycloalkyl; C1-C5 alkoxy; aryl substituted with 0-2 groups independently selected from: 10 halogen, phenyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, NO2, -S (C1-C5 alkyl), -SO(Cι-C5 alkyl), -S0 (C_-C5 alkyl), -OH, -N(R22)2, -C0 R22, -C(=0)N(R22)2, or -CVFW where v = 1 15 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+l); aryl substituted with 0-2 groups independently selected from: halogen, phenyl, Ci-Cβ alkyl, Ci-Cβ alkoxy, N02, -S(Cι-C5 alkyl), -SO(Cι-C5 20 alkyl), -SO2 (C1-C5 alkyl), -OH,
-CVFW where v = 1 to 3 and = 1 to (2v+l);
25 R26 is selected from:
Ci-Cβ alkyl or C3-C8 cycloalkyl, said alkyl or cycloalkyl being substituted with 1-2 groups independently selected from: 30 C1-C4 alkyl;
C3-C8 cycloalkyl;
C1-C5 alkoxy; aryl substituted with 0-2 groups independently selected from: 35 halogen, phenyl, Cι~Cζ alkyl, C1-C6
11 alkoxy, NO2, -S (C1-C5 alkyl), -S0(Cι-C5 alkyl), -S02(C1-C5 alkyl), -OH, -N(R22) , -C02R22, -C(=0)N(R22)2, or -CVFW where v = 1 5 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+l); aryl substituted with 0-2 groups independently selected from: halogen, phenyl, Ci-Cβ alkyl, Ci-Cβ alkoxy, N02, -S(Cι-C5 alkyl), -SO(Cι-C5 10 alkyl), -SO2 (C1-C5 alkyl), -OH,
-N(R22) , -C02R22, -C(=0)N(R 2) , or -CVFW where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+l);
15 R27 is selected from:
H;
Ci-Cβ alkyl or C3-C8 cycloalkyl, said alkyl or cycloalkyl being substituted with 1-2 groups independently selected 20 from:
(i) Ci-Cβ alkyl; (ii) Cχ-C6 alkoxy;
(iii) aryl substituted with 0-2 groups independently selected from: 25 halogen, phenyl, ι~Ce alkyl, Ci-Cε alkoxy, NO2, -S (C1-C5 alkyl), -SO(Cι-C5 alkyl), -S02(C1-C5 alkyl), -OH, -N(R22)2/ -CO2R22, -C(=0)N(R22)2/ or -CVF„ where v = 1 30 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+l); aryl substituted with 0-2 groups independently selected from: halogen, phenyl, C1-C6 alkyl, Ci-Cε alkoxy, N02, -S(Cι-C5 alkyl), -SO(Cι-C5 35 alkyl), -S02 (C1-C5 alkyl), -OH,
-N(R22)2, -C02R22, -C(=0)N(R22)2, or
IS
-CVFW where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+l);
R28 is selected from: H, C1-C5 alkyl, or benzyl;
R6 is CH2C02Y;
n is 1 to 4;
m is 0 to 3;
W and G are H or amine protecting groups and are independently selected from the group consisting of: acyl types such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthalyl, and p- toluenesulfonyl; aromatic carbamate types such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and substituted benzyloxycarbonyls, 1-(p- biphenyl)-1-methylethoxycarbonyl, and 9- fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc) ; aliphatic carbamate types such as tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc) , ethoxycarbonyl, diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, and allyloxycarbonyl; cyclic alkyl carbamate types such as cyclopentyloxycarbonyl and adamantyloxycarbonyl; alkyl types such as triphenylmethyl and benzyl; trialkylsilane such as trimethylsilane; and thiol containing types such as phenylthiocarbonyl and dithiasuccinoylalkyl-urethane; sulfenyl types such as O-nitrophenylsulfenyl (NPS) and 0- nitropyridylsulfenyl (NPYS);
Y is H or a suitable carboxylate protecting group and can be selected from the group
consisting of: alkyl esters such as C to C8 alkyl, C5 to Cβ cycloalkylalkyl and t- butyl; aryl esters such as benzyl, substituted benzyl, triphenylmethyl, 5 diphenylmethyl, pentamethylbenzy1,tetramethylbenzy1, and trimethylbenzyl; or esters which can be cleaved by acidolysis, mild base treatment or mild reductive means such as 10 trichloroethyl and phenacyl esters; other protecting groups can be CH2CH2CN, trialkylsilyl, phthalimidomethyϊ, anthrylmethyl, phenylfluorenyl, 4-picolyl and phenacyl;
15
XX is H or a suitable amine protecting group and is selected from the group consisting of: acyl types such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthalyl, and p-toluenesulfonyl; aromatic
20 carbamate types such as benzyloxycarbonyl
(Cbz) and substituted benzyloxycarbonyls, 1- (p-biphenyl)-1-methylethoxycarbonyl, and 9- fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc) ; aliphatic carbamate types such as tert-butyloxycarbonyl
25 (Boc) , ethoxycarbonyl, diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, and allyloxycarbonyl; cyclic alkyl carbamate types such as cyclopentyloxycarbonyl and adamantyloxycarbonyl; alkyl types such as
30 triphenylmethyl and benzyl; trialkylsilane such as trimethylsilane; and thiol containing types such as phenylthiocarbonyl and dithiasuccinoylalkyl-urethane; sulfenyl types such as O-nitrophenylsulfenyl (NPS) ,
35 nitropyridylsulfenyl (NPYS) , 2,3,6-trimethyl-
4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide ( tr-NR2), 2,4,6-
trimethoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mtb-NR2) , 2,6- dimethyl-4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mds- NR2) pentamethylbenzenesulfonamide (Pme-NR2), 2,3,5, 6-tetramethyl-4-methoxybenzene- sulfonamide ( te-NR2) , 4-methoxybenzene- sulfonamide ( bs-NR2) , 2,4,6- trimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Mts-NR2), 2,6- dimethoxy-4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (i ds- NR2), and 2,2,5,7,8-Pentamethylchroman-6- sulfonamide (Pmc-NR2) ; and
Z is a leaving group such as Sθ3~, S-alkyl, 0- alkyl or an O-substituted derivative of hydroxylamine.
The present invention also provides for the process for the preparation of compounds of Formula
Formula (I)
comprising the steps of:
(a) alkylating an aminonitrile of the formula:
Nq
OH to produce a compound of the formula
(IV)
Formula(IV)
converting formula (IV) above through a series of deprotecting steps and coupling with amino acid derivatives to produce a protected nitrile tripeptide of the formula (V) :
Formula(V)
(b) coupling formula (V) with a carboxylic acid derivative of the formula:
T2-- wherein G is a suitable amine protecting group, to produce a protected linear peptide of formula:
(c) removing the protecting groups of the product of Step (b) to produce a deprotected linear peptide of formula:
(d) cyclizing the deprotected linear peptide of the product of step (c) to produce a cyclic peptide of formula (VI) :
H
Formula (VI)
(e) reducing the nitrile from the product of step (d) to form the formula:
NH2
H
(f) reacting the product of step (e) with a guanylating agent of the formula:
, leading directly to a compound of Formula I, or via a series of deprotecting and/or alkylating steps converting to a compound of formula (I) :
Formula (I)
wherein R1 to R28 and all other groups are as defined above .
In a preferred embodiment, the above described processes provide compounds of formula (I ) wherein :
n is 3;
R!9 is selected from:
IS
R15 and R18 are independently selected from H, Cχ-C4 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, phenyl- (C2-C4)alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy;
R17 and R16 are independently H or C1-C4 alkyl;
R7 is H, Ci-Cβ alkyl, phenyl, halogen, or C1-C4 alkoxy;
R11 is H or C1-C3 alkyl;
R12 is H or CH3;
R3 is H, Cχ-C8 alkyl;
R9 is H, C1-C3 alkyl;
R5 is H, C1-C3 alkyl;
R4 is selected independently from: H,
Ci-Cβ alkyl; C2-C8 alkenyl; C2-C8 alkynyl; C3-C8 cycloalkyl; Ci-Cβ alkyl substituted with aryl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from halogen, phenyl, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, N0 , -S(0)0-2(C1-C5 alkyl), OH, N(R22)2, C0 R22, CON(R2 )2 or -CVFW where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+l); C3-C8 cycloalkyl; and
aryl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from halogen, phenyl,
C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, NO2, -S (0) 0-2 (C_-C5 alkyl), OH, N(R22)2, C02R22, CON(R22)2 or -CVFW where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+l) ; C2-C8 alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl; substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from
C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, halogen, NO2, CN, CO2R22, C0N(R22)2, N(R24)COR24, morpholino, 2-(l- morpholino) ethoxy, N(R22)2, N+(R2 )3, OCOCH3, CF3, S(O)0-2R22a;
-CH(R24)OR26; -CH(R2 )OC(=0)R25; -CH(R24)OC(=0)OR26; -CH (R24) OC (=0)N (R25) ; -CH(R24)C02R25;
In the most preferred embodiment, the above- described processes provide compounds of formula (I) wherein:
R2 is H or C1-C4 alkyl;
R5, R9, R16, R17 and R18 are H;
R11 and R12 are H or CH3;
R15 is H, Cχ-C4 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, or phenyl- (C2-C4)alkyl; and
R3 is H or C1-C3 alkyl;
R4 is selected independently from: H,
-CH(R24)0C(=0)R25, -CH(R24)0C(=0)0R26, -CH2OC(=0)N(R25)2, -CH CH2N(R 2)2, -CH(R24)C02R25, and
wherein
R24 is selected independently from: H, Ci-Cβ alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl; and
R27 is selected from: C1-C5 alkyl, benzyl or phenyl.
18
In the specifically preferred embodiment, the above described process provides compounds of formula (I) wherein:
n is 3;
p is 0, p' is 1;
R!9 is phenyl
R5, R9, R11, and R12 are H;
R2 is ethyl;
R3 is methyl; and
R^ is selected independently from: H,
-CH(R24)OC(=0)R25, -CH(R24)OC(=0)OR26, and
; wherein
R24 is C1-C4 linear alkyl or H; and
R27 is C1-C4 alkyl, benzyl, or phenyl
This invention also provides a process for the preparation of an intermediate compound of formula (IV) :
Formula (IV)
comprising the steps of:
(a) dehydrating the carboxamide group of the formula:
H2N
to the corresponding nitrile to produce the formula:
NC
(b) then selectively alkylating the product of step (a) at the α-amino group using a suitable alkylating agent to produce formula (IV) above,
wherein:
R3 is H or Ci-Cβ alkyl;
m is 0 to 3; and
c-
W is a suitable amine protecting group and is selected from the group consisting of: acyl types such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthalyl, and p- toluenesulfonyl; aromatic carbamate types such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and substituted benzyloxycarbonyls, 1- (p-biphenyl)-l- methylethoxycarbonyl, and 9- fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc) ; aliphatic carbamate types such as tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc) , ethoxycarbonyl, diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, and allyloxycarbonyl; cyclic alkyl carbamate types such as cyclopentyloxycarbonyl and adamantyloxycarbonyl; alkyl types such as triphenylmethyl and benzyl; trialkylsilane such as trimethylsilane; and thiol containing types such as phenylthiocarbonyl and dithiasuccinoylalkyl- urethane.
Further this invention provides a process for the preparation of an intermediate compound of the formula:
H
Formula (II)
3i
comprising the steps of cyclizing a compound of formula (III) :
Formula (III)
wherein :
n is 1 to 4;
W erein :
p and p ' are 0 or 1;
R19 is a C6~Ci4 saturated, partially saturated, or aromatic carbocyclic ring system or heterocyclic ring system composed of carbon atoms and at least 1- 3 heteroatoms selected from N, 0, S; all these ring systems may be optionally substituted with 0-2 R7;
R17 and R16 are independently selected from the group:
hydrogen, 5 C1-C4 alkyl, optionally substituted with halogen, C1-C2 alkoxy, and benzyl;
10 R1^ and R18 are independently selected from the group:
hydrogen,
Cχ-Cβ alkyl substituted with 0-2 R8, 15 C2-C8 alkenyl substituted with 0-2 R8,
C2-C8 alkynyl substituted with 0-2 R8, C3-C8 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-2
R8, C6-C10 bicycloalkyl substituted with 0-2
20 R8,
aryl substituted with 0-2 R13, and
a heterocylic ring system composed of 5- 25 10 atoms including 1-3 nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur heteroatoms with the remaining atoms being carbon, optionally substituted with 0-2 R13;
30 R15 and R17 can alternatively join to form a
5-7 membered carbocyclic ring substituted with 0-2 R13;
R18 and R16 can alternatively join to form a 5-7 membered carbocyclic ring substituted with 0-2 R13;
5 R7 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group:
phenyl, benzyl, phenethyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, halogen, hydroxy, nitro,
10 cyano, C1-C5 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl,
C3-C6 cycloalkylmethyl, C7-C10 arylalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, -CO2R20, sulfonamide, formyl, C3-C6 cycloalkoxy, -OC(=0)R20, -C(=0)R20,-OC(=0)OR 0a,
15 -OR20, -CH2OR20, and C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with - R20R ;
R8 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: 20
=0, F, Cl, Br, I, -CF3, -CN, -Cθ2R20, -C(=O)NR20R21, -CH2OR20, -OC(=O)R20, -CH2NR20R21, and -NR20R21;
25 R 3 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group:
phenyl, benzyl, phenethyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, 30 cyano, Cχ-C5 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl,
C3-C6 cycloalkylmethyl, C7-C 0 arylalkyl, Cχ-C4 alkoxy, -CO2R20, sulfonamide, formyl, C3-C6 cycloalkoxy, -OC(=0)R20, -C(=0)R20,-OC(=0)OR20a,
-OR20, -CH2OR20, and C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with -NR 0R21;
R20 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group:
H, Cχ-C8 alkyl, aryl, -(C1-C6 alkyl)aryl, and C3-C6 alkoxyalkyl;
R20a is R20, but not H;
R21 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group:
H, Cχ-C4 alkyl, and benzyl;
R12 is H or C1-C8 alkyl;
R2 is H, Cχ-C8 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkylmethyl, Cχ-C6 cycloalkylethyl, phenyl, phenylmethyl, CH2OH, CH2SH, CH2OCH3, CH2SCH3, CH2CH2SCH3, (CH2)3NH2,
(CH2)SNHC(=NH) (NH2) , or (CH2)SNHR21, wherein s is 3-5; or
R12 and R2 can be taken together to form -(CH2)t~ / or -CH2SC(CH3)2~ , wherein t is 2-4;
R3 is H or Ci-Cβ alkyl;
R9 is H, Ci-Cβ alkyl;
R5 is H, Ci-Cβ alkyl;
R11 is H or Ci-Cβ alkyl;
R6 is CH2CO2Y;
Y is a suitable carboxylate protecting group and can be selected from the group consisting of: alkyl esters such as Ci to Cδ alkyl, C5 to Cβ cycloalkylalkyl and t- butyl; aryl esters such as benzyl, substituted benzyl, triphenylmethyl, diphenylmethy1, pentamethylbenzy1,tetramethylbenzy1, and trimethylbenzyl; or esters which can be cleaved by acidolysis, mild base treatment or mild reductive means such as trichloroethyl and phenacyl esters; other protecting groups can be CH2CH2CN, trialkylsilyl, phthalimidomethyl, anthrylmethyl, phenylfluorenyl, 4-picolyl and phenacyl; and
XX is H or a suitable amine protecting group and is selected from the group consisting of: acyl types such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthalyl, and p-toluenesulfonyl; aromatic carbamate types such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and substituted benzyloxycarbonyIs, 1- (p-biphenyl)-1-methylethoxycarbonyl, and 9- fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc) ; aliphatic carbamate types such as tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc) , ethoxycarbonyl, diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, and allyloxycarbonyl; cyclic alkyl carbamate types such as cyclopentyloxycarbonyl and adamantyloxycarbonyl; alkyl types such as triphenylmethyl and benzyl; trialkylsilane such as trimethylsilane; and thiol containing types such as phenylthiocarbonyl and dithiasuccinoylalkyl-urethane; sulfenyl types such as O-nitrophenylsulfenyl (NPS) ,
3 nitropyridylsulfenyl (NPYS) , 2,3, 6-trimethyl- 4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mtr-NR2), 2,4,6- trimethoxybenzenesulfonamide ( tb-NR2) , 2,6- dimethyl-4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide ( ds- R2)/ pentamethylbenzenesulfonamide (Pme-NR2) , 2,3,5, 6-tetramethyl-4-methoxybenzene- sulfonamide (Mte-NR2) , 4-methoxybenzene- sulfonamide (Mbs-NR2) , 2,4,6- trimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Mts-NR2) , 2,6- dimethoxy-4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (iMds- NR2) and 2,2,5,7,8-Pentamethylchroman-6- sulfonamide (Pmc-NR2) .
In a preferred embodiment, the above described process provides an intermediate compound of formula (II) wherein:
n is 3;
-1 9 is selected from:
R15 and R18 are independently selected from H, Cχ-C4 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, phenyl-(C2-C4)alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy;
R17 and R16 are independently H or C1-C4 alkyl;
R7 is H, Ci-Cβ alkyl, phenyl, halogen, or C1-C4 alkoxy;
R11 is H or C1-C3 alkyl;
R12 is H or CH3;
R9 is H, C1-C3 alkyl;
R5 is H, C1-C3 alkyl;
and XX is selected from the group consisting of: t-Boc, acyl, phthalyl, o- nitrophenylsulfenyl, Cbz, Fmoc, and fluorenylphenyl.
In a more preferred embodiment, the above- described process provides intermediate compounds of formula (II) wherein:
R2 is H or Cχ-C4 alkyl;
R5, R9, R16/ R17 and R18 are H;
R11, and R12 are H or CH3;
or R2 and R12 together are -(CH2)3~
R15 is H, Cχ-C4 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, or phenyl-(C2-C4)alkyl; and
R3 is H or C1-C3 alkyl.
The above-described process specifically provides intermediate compounds of formula (II) wherein:
p is 0, p' is 1;
n is 3;
R19 is phenyl;
R5, R9, R11, and R12 are H;
R2 is ethyl;
R3 is methyl;
R6 is CH2~OBn, CH2~OtBu, or CH2~0-tBoc; and
XX is Cbz or Boc.
This invention also provides intermediate compounds useful in the claimed processes for the preparation of compounds of formula (I) . Said intermediate compounds have formulae:
Formula (II) # Formula (III)
Formula (IV) Formula (V)
, and
CN
/
H Formula (VI) wherein :
\
p and p1 are 0 or 1;
R19 is a C6~Ci4 saturated, partially saturated, or aromatic carbocyclic ring system or heterocyclic ring system composed of carbon atoms and at least 1- ' 3 heteroatoms selected from N, 0, S; all these ring systems may be optionally substituted with 0-2 R7;
R17 and R16 are independently selected from the group:
hydrogen,
C1-C4 alkyl, optionally substituted with halogen, C1-C2 alkoxy, and benzyl;
R1^ and R18 are independently selected from the group:
hydrogen,
Cχ-C8 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R8, C2-C8 alkenyl substituted with 0-2 R8, C2-C8 alkynyl substituted with 0-2 R8, C3-C8 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-2
R8, C6~Ci0 bicycloalkyl substituted with 0-2
R8
aryl substituted with 0-2 R13, and
a heterocylic ring system composed of 5-
10 atoms including 1-3 nitrogen, oxygen,
5 or sulfur heteroatoms with the remaining atoms being carbon, optionally substituted with 0-2 R13;
R15 and R17 can alternatively join to form a 10 5-7 membered carbocyclic ring substituted with 0-2 R13;
R18 and R16 can alternatively join to form a 5-7 membered carbocyclic ring 15 substituted with 0-2 R13;
R7 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group:
20 phenyl, benzyl, phenethyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, Cχ-C5 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkylmethyl, C7-C10 arylalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, -CO2R20 /
25 sulfonamide, formyl, C3-C6 cycloalkoxy,
-OC(=0)R20, -C(=0)R20,-OC(=0)OR20a, -OR20, -CH2OR20, and C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with -NR20R21;
30 R8 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group:
=0, F, Cl, Br, I, -CF3, -CN, -CO2R20, -C(=O)NR20R21, -CH2OR20, -OC(=O)R20, 35 -CH2NR20R21, and -NR20R21;
R13 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group:
phenyl, benzyl, phenethyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C5 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkylmethyl, C7-C10 arylalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, -CO2R20, sulfonamide, formyl, C3-C6 cycloalkoxy,
-OC(=0)R20, -C(=0)R20,-OC(=0)OR20a, -OR20, -CH2OR20, and C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with -NR20R21;
R20 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: H, Cχ-C8 alkyl, aryl, -(Cχ-C6 alkyl)aryl, and C3-C6 alkoxyalkyl; R20a is R20' but not H;
R21 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group:
H, C1-C4 alkyl, and benzyl;
R12 is H or C1-C8 alkyl;
R2 is H, Cχ-Cβ alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkylmethyl, C1-C6 cycloalkylethyl, phenyl, phenylmethyl, CH2OH, CH2SH, CH2OCH3,
CH2SCH3, CH2CH2SCH3, (CH2)SNH2, (CH2)SNHC(=NH) (NH2) , or (CH2)SNHR21, wherein s is 3-5; or
R12 and R2 can be taken together to form -(CH2)t~ / or -CH2SC(CH3) 2~ 1 wherein t is 2-4;
R3 is H or Ci-Cβ alkyl;
R9 is H, C1-C8 alkyl;
R5 is H, Cι-C8 alkyl;
R11 is H or Cι-C8 alkyl;
R6 is CH2C02Y or CH2CO2R4;
R4 is independently selected at each occurrence from: H, Ci-Cβ alkyl,
C2-C8 alkenyl, C2-C8 alkynyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, Ci-Cβ alkyl substituted with aryl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from halogen, phenyl, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, NO2, -S (0) 0-2 (C1-C5 alkyl), OH, N(R22)2, CO2R22, CON(R 2)2 or -CVFW where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+l) ;
C3-C8 cycloalkyl, or
aryl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from halogen, phenyl, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, NO2 -S (0) 0-2 (C1-C5
alkyl), OH, N(R22)2, CO2R22, CON(R22)2 or -CVFW where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+l) ;
C2-C8 alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl; substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, halogen, NO2. CN, CO2R22, CON(R 2)2, N(R24)COR24, morpholino, 2-(l- morpholino) ethoxy, N(R22)2, N+(R22)3, 0C0CH3, CF3, S(O)0-2R22; CH(R24)OR26,
CH(R24)OC(=0)R25,
CH(R24)OC(=0)OR26,
CH(R24)OC(=0)N(R25)2,
CH(R24)N(R24)C(=0)R24, CH(R2 )C02R25,
CH(R24)N(R22)2,
S
erein
5 R22 is selected independently from: H, Cχ-Cιo alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, "C4-C12 alkylcycloalkyl, aryl, -(Cχ-Cιo alkyl)aryl, or C3-C10 alkoxyalkyl;
10 when two R22 groups are bonded to a single N, said R22 groups may alternatively be taken together to form -(CH2)2-5~ or -(CH2)0(CH2)-;
15 R24 is selected independently from: H, Ci-Cβ alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, phenyl, or benzyl;
R25 is selected from: 20 H;
Cχ-C8 alkyl or C3-C8 cycloalkyl, said alkyl or cycloalkyl being substituted with 1-2 groups independently selected from: 25 C1-C4 alkyl;
C3-C8 cycloalkyl; C1-C5 alkoxy; aryl substituted with 0-2 groups independently selected from:
halogen, phenyl, C1-C6 alkyl, Ci-Ce alkoxy, NO2, -S (C1-C5 alkyl), -SO(Cι-C5 alkyl), -S02 (C1-C5 alkyl), -OH, -N(R2 )2, -C02R22, 5 -C(=0)N(R2 )2, or -CVFW where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+l); aryl substituted with 0-2 groups independently selected from: halogen, phenyl, Ci-Cβ alkyl, Ci-Cβ alkoxy, 10 NO2, -S(Cι-C5 alkyl), -SO(Cι-C5 alkyl), -S02 (C1-C5 alkyl), -OH, -N(R22)2, -C0 R22, -C(=0)N(R22)2, or -CVFW where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+l); 15
R26 is selected from:
Ci-Ce alkyl or C3-C8 cycloalkyl, said alkyl or cycloalkyl being substituted with 1-2 groups independently selected 20 from:
C1-C4 alkyl; C3-C8 cycloalkyl; C1-C5 alkoxy; aryl substituted with 0-2 groups 25 independently selected from: halogen, phenyl, Ci-Cβ alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, NO2, -S(C1-C5 alkyl), -SO(Cι-C5 alkyl), -S02 (C1-C5 alkyl), -OH, -N(R22)2, -C02R22, 30 -C(=0)N(R2 )2, or -CVFW where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+l); aryl substituted with 0-2 groups independently selected from: halogen, phenyl, Ci-Cε alkyl, Ci-Cβ alkoxy, 35 N02, -S(Cι-C5 alkyl), -S0(Cι-C5 alkyl), -S02 (C1-C5 alkyl), -OH,
41
-N(R2 )2, -C02R22, -C(=0)N(R22)2, or -CVFW where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+l);
R27 is selected from:
H
Ci-Cβ alkyl or C3-C8 cycloalkyl, said alkyl or cycloalkyl being substituted with 1-2 groups independently selected from:
(i) Ci-Cβ alkyl; (ii) Cχ-C6 alkoxy;
(iii) aryl substituted with 0-2 groups independently selected from: halogen, phenyl, Ci-Cβ alkyl, Ci-Cε alkoxy, NO2 -S(C1-C5 alkyl), -SO(Cι-C5 alkyl), -S0 (C1-C5 alkyl), -OH, -N(R22)2, -C0 R22, -C(=0)N(R 2)2, or -CVFW where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+l); aryl substituted with 0-2 groups independently selected from: halogen, phenyl, Ci-Cβ alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, NO2, -S(Cι-C5 alkyl), -SO(Cι-Cs alkyl), -SO2 (C1-C5 alkyl), -OH,
-N(R22) , -CO2R22, -C(=0)N(R22)2, or -CVFW where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+l);
R28 is selected from: H, C1-C5 alkyl, or benzyl;
n is 1 to 4;
m is 0 to 3;
Y is H or a suitable carboxylate protecting group and can be selected from the group consisting of: alkyl esters such as C to C8 alkyl, C5 to C8 cycloalkylalkyl and t- butyl; aryl esters such as benzyl, substituted benzyl, triphenylmethyl, diphenylmethy1, pentamethylbenzy1,tetramethylbenzy1, and trimethylbenzyl; or esters which can be cleaved by acidolysis, mild base treatment or mild reductive means such as trichloroethyl and phenacyl esters; other protecting groups can be CH2CH2CN, trialkylsilyl, phthalimidomethyl, anthrylmethyl, phenylfluorenyl, 4-picolyl and phenacyl;
W is H or an amine protecting group and is selected from the group consisting of: acyl types such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthalyl, and p- toluenesulfonyl; aromatic carbamate types such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and substituted benzyloxycarbonyls, l-(p- biphenyl)-1-methylethoxycarbonyl, and 9- fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc) ; aliphatic carbamate types such as tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc) , ethoxycarbonyl, diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, and allyloxycarbonyl; cyclic alkyl carbamate types such as cyclopentyloxycarbonyl and adamantyloxycarbonyl; alkyl types such as triphenylmethyl and benzyl; trialkylsilane such as trimethylsilane; and thiol containing types such as phenylthiocarbonyl and dithiasuccinoylalkyl-urethane; sulfenyl types
such as 0-nitrophenylsulfenyl (NPS) and nitropyridylsulfenyl (NPYS) ; and
XX is H or a suitable amine protecting group and is 5 selected from the group consisting of: acyl types such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl, • phthalyl, and p-toluenesulfonyl; aromatic carbamate types such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and substituted benzyloxycarbonyls, 1-
10 (p-biphenyl)-l-methylethoxycarbonyl, and 9- fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc) ; aliphatic carbamate types such as tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc) , ethoxycarbonyl, diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, and
15 allyloxycarbonyl; cyclic alkyl carbamate types such as cyclopentyloxycarbonyl and adamantyloxycarbonyl; alkyl types such as triphenylmethyl and benzyl; trialkylsilane such as trimethylsilane; and thiol containing
20 types such as phenylthiocarbonyl and dithiasuccinoylalkyl-urethane; sulfenyl types such as O-nitrophenylsulfenyl (NPS), nitropyridylsulfenyl (NPYS), 2,3, 6-trimethyl- 4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mtr-NR2) , 2,4,6-
25 tri ethoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mtb-NR2), 2,6- dimethyl-4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mds- NR2) pentamethylbenzenesulfonamide (Pme-NR2) , 2,3,5, 6-tetramethyl-4-methoxybenzene- sulfonamide (Mte-NR2)/ 4-methoxybenzene-
30 sulfonamide (Mbs-NR2) 2,4,6- trimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Mts-NR2) , 2,6- dimethoxy-4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (i ds- NR2A and 2, 2 , 5, 1 , 8-Pentamethylchroman-6- . sulfonamide (?mc-NR2) .
35
Preferred intermediate compounds of formulae II, III, IV and V are those wherein:
W and XX are independently Cbz, t-Boc;
R19 is selected from:
R15 and R18 are independently selected from H, C1-C4 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, phenyl-(C2-C4)alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy;
R17 and R16 are independently H or C1-C4 alkyl;
R7 is H, Ci-Cβ alkyl, phenyl, halogen, or Cr C4 alkoxy;
R11 is H or C1-C3 alkyl;
R12 is H or CH3 ;
R9 is H, C1-C3 alky l ;
R5 is H, C1-C3 alkyl;
R4 is selected from: H,
C_-Cβ alkyl, C2-C8 alkenyl, C2-C8 alkynyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, Ci-Cβ alkyl substituted with aryl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from halogen, phenyl, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, NO2, -S (0) 0-2 (C1-C5 alkyl), OH, N(R2 )2, C02R22, C0N(R22)2 or -CVFW where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+l); C3-C8 cycloalkyl; and
aryl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from halogen, phenyl, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, NO2, -S (0)0-2 (C1-C5 alkyl), OH, N(R22)2, CO2R22, CON(R22)2 or -CVFW where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+l) ;
C2-C8 alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl; substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, halogen, NO2 CN, CO2R22, C0N(R22)2, N(R24)COR24, morpholino, 2-(l- morpholino)ethoxy, N(R ) , N+(R22)3/ 0C0CH3,
-CH(R2 )0R26,
5D-
-CH(R24)0C(*=0)R25, -CH(R24)0C(=0)0R26, -CH(R24)OC(=0)N(R25)2, -CH(R24)C0 R25,
m is 2, and n is 3.
Most preferred intermediate compounds of formulae II, IV and V are those preferred compounds wherein:
R2 is C1-C4 alkyl;
R5, R9, R16, R17 and R18 are H;
R11, and R12, are H or CH3;
R15 is H, C1-C4 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, or phenyl-(C2-C4)alkyl;
R3 is H or C1-C3 alkyl;
R4 is selected from:
H,
-CH(R24)OC(=0)R25'
-CH(R24)0C(=0)0R26,
-CH2OC(=0)N(R25)2, -CH CH2N(R22)2, -CH(R24)C0 R25, and
wherein
R24 is H, Ci-Cβ alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl;
R27 is C1-C5 alkyl, benzyl or phenyl;
m is 2, and n is 3.
Specifically preferred compounds of formulae II, IV, and V are those wherein:
p is 0, p' is 1;
R19 is phenyl
R5, R9, R11, R12, and R14 are H;
R2 is ethyl;
R3 is methyl;
m is 2, and n is 3
R6 is CH2~OBn, CH2~OtBu, or CH2~0-tBoc;
R4 is selected from: H,
-CH(R24)OC(=0)R25, -CH(R24)OC(=0)OR26'
wherein
R24 is C1-C4 linear alkyl or H;
R27 is C1-C4 alkyl, benzyl, or phenyl; and
XX is Cbz or Boc.
The compounds of Formula (I) are described in copending, commonly assigned U.S. Patent Application: Attorney Docket No. BP 6543-B, inventors: DeGrado et al., and filed on the same day as this application, and which is hereby incorporated by reference.
The compounds herein described may have stereogenic centers. Unless otherwise indicated, all chiral, diastereomeric and racemic forms are included in the present invention. Many geometric isomers of olefins, C=N double bonds, and the like can also be present in the compounds described herein, and all such stable isomers are contemplated in the present invention. Two distinct isomers (cis and trans) of the peptide bond are known to occur; both can also be present in the compounds described herein, and all such stable isomers are contemplated in the present invention. Unless otherwise specifically noted, the L-isomer of the amino acid is the preferred stereomer of the present invention. The D and L-isomers of a particular amino acid are designated herein using the conventional 3-
letter abbreviation of the amino acid, as indicated by the following examples: D-Leu, or L-Leu.
When any variable (for example, R1 through R8, m, n, p, W, Y, etc.) occurs more than one time in any constituent or in any formula, its definition on each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence. Also, combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds. As used herein, "alkyl" is intended to include both branched and straight-chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms; "alkoxy" represents an alkyl group of indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an oxygen bridge; "cycloalkyl" is intended to include saturated ring groups, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl; and "biycloalkyl" is intended to include saturated bicyclic ring groups such as [3.3.0]bicyclooctane, [4.3.O.bicyclononane, [4.4.O.bicyclodecane (decalin) , [2.2.2]bicyclooctane, and so forth. "Alkenyl" is intended to include hydrocarbon chains of either a straight or branched configuration and one or more unsaturated carbon-carbon bonds which may occur in any stable point along the chain, such as ethenyl, propenyl and the like; and "alkynyl" is intended to include hydrocarbon chains of either a straight or branched configuration and one or more triple carbon-carbon bonds which may occur in any stable point along the chain, such as ethynyl, propynyl and the like. "Halo" or
"halogen" as used herein refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo; and "counterion" is used to represent a small, negatively charged species such as chloride, bromide, hydroxide, acetate, sulfate and the like. As used herein, "aryl" is intended to mean phenyl or naphthyl; "carbocyclic" is intended to mean any
G stable 5- to 7- membered monocyclic or bicyclic or 7- to 14-membered bicyclic or tricyclic carbon ring, any of which may be saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic. Examples of such carbocyles include, but are not limited to cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, indanyl or tetrahydronaphthyl (tetralin) .
As used herein, the term "heterocycle" or "heterocyclic ring system" is intended to mean a stable 5- to 7- membered monocyclic or bicyclic or 7- to 10- membered bicyclic heterocyclic ring which may be saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic, and which consists of carbon atoms and from 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, 0 and S and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized, and the nitrogen may optionally be quaternized, and including any bicyclic group in which any of the above-defined heterocyclic rings is fused to a benzene ring. The heterocyclic ring may be attached to its pendant group at any heteroatom or carbon atom which results in a stable structure. The heterocyclic rings described herein may be substituted on carbon or on a nitrogen atom if the resulting compound is stable. Examples of such heterocycles include, but are not limited to, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, indolyl, indolenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl or benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2- pyrrolidonyl, pyrolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl or octahydroisoquinolinyl.
By "stable compound" or "stable structure" is meant herein a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction
mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
The term "substituted", as used herein, means that one or more hydrogen on the designated atom is replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the designated atom's normal valency is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound. As used herein and in the claims, the term "amine protecting group" means any group known in the art of organic synthesis for the protection of amine groups. Such amine protecting groups include those listed in Greene, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis" John Wiley & Sons, New York (1981); and Geiger and Kδnig, "The Peptides: Analysis, Sythesis, Biology, Vol. 3, Academic Press, New York (1981), the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Any amine protecting group known in the art can be used. . Examples of amine protecting groups include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) acyl types such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthalyl, and p-toluenesulfonyl; 2) aromatic carbamate types such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and substituted benzyloxycarbonyls, 1-(p-biphenyl)-1- methylethoxycarbonyl, and 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc) ; 3) aliphatic carbamate types such as tert- butyloxycarbonyl (Boc) , ethoxycarbonyl, diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, and allyloxycarbonyl; 4) cyclic alkyl carbamate types such as cyclopent loxycarbony1 and adamantyloxycarbonyl; 5) alkyl types such as triphenylmethyl and benzyl; 6) trialkylsilane such as trimethylsilane; and 7) thiol containing types such as phenylthiocarbonyl and dithiasuccinoyl.
As used herein and in the claims, "carboxylate protecting groups" means any group known in the art of organic synthesis for the protection of carboxylate groups. Such carboxylate protecting groups include
S8
those listed in R. W. Roeske, in The Peptides, Vol 3; Protection of functional groups in peptide synthesis, (1981) , pp 1-99; Academic Press, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Any carboxylate protecting group known in the art can be • used. Examples of carboxylate protecting groups include, but are not limited to, the following: alkyl esters such as Cl to Cβ alkyl, C5 to Cβ cycloalkylalkyl and t-butyl; aryl esters such as benzyl, substituted benzyl, triphenylmethyl, diphenylmethyl, pentamethylbenzy1,tetramethylbenzy1, and trimethylbenzy1; or esters which can be cleaved by acidolysis, mild base treatment or mild reductive means such as trichloroethyl and phenacyl esters; other protecting groups can be CH2CH2CN, trialkylsilyl, phthalimidomethyl, anthrylmethyl, phenylfluorenyl, 4- picolyl and phenacyl.
As used herein, "pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs" refer to derivatives of the disclosed compounds that are modified by making acid or base salts, or by modifying functional groups present in the compounds in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo- to the parent compounds. Examples include, but are not limited to: mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; esters of carboxylates; acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohols and amines; and the like. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of the invention can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, nonaqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are
preferred. Lists of suitable salts are found in Remington's Pharmaffwi-.lnal Sciences. 17th ed.. Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA, 1985, p. 1418, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference. The term "amino acid" as used herein means an organic compound containing both a basic amino group and an acidic carboxyl group. Included within this term are modified and unusual amino acids,such as those disclosed in, for example, Roberts and Vellaccio (1983) The Peptides f 5: 342-429, the teaching of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
The term "amino acid residue" as used herein means that portion of an amino acid (as defined herein) that is present in a peptide or pseudopeptide. The term "peptide" as used herein means a linear compound that consists of two or more amino acids (as defined herein) that are linked by means of peptide or pseudopeptide bonds.
Synthesis
The following abbreviations are used herein:
D-Abu D-2-aminobutyric acid β-Ala or bAla 3-aminopropionic acid
Boc t-butyloxycarbonyl
Boc-iodo-Mamb t-butyloxycarbonyl-3-aminomethyl-4-iodo- benzoic acid Boc-Mamb t-butyloxycarbonyl-3-aminomethylbenzoic acid Boc-ON [2-(tert-butyloxycarbonyloxylimino)-2- phenylacetonitrile BOP benzotriazole-1-yl-oxy-tris- (dimethylaminophosphonium- hexafluorophosphate)
CO
Cl2Bzl dichlorobenzyl
CBZ Carbobenzyloxy
DCC dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
DIEA diisopropylethylamine di-NMeOrn N-αMe-N-γMe-ornithine
DMAP 4-dimethylaminopyridine HBTU 2-(lH-Benzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1,3,3- tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
KHMDS potassium bis (trimethylsilyl)amide
K-O-t-Bu potassium tert-butoxide
LDA lithium isopropylamide
LiHMDS lithium bis (trimethylsilyl)amide
NaHMDS sodium bis (trimethylsilyl)amide
Na-O-t-Bu sodium tert-butoxide
NMeArg or
MeArg α-N-methyl arginine
NMeAmf N-Methylaminomethylphenylalanine NMeAsp α-N-methyl aspartic acid
NMeGly or
MeGly N-methyl glycine
NMe-Mamb N-methyl-3-aminomethylbenzoic acid
NMM N-methylmorpholine
OcHex O-cyclohexyl
OBzl O-benzyl
PyBOP benzotriazole-1-yl-oxy-tris-(pyrolidino phosphonium hexafluorophosphate)
PyBrOP Bromo-tris-pyrrolidino-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate
TBTU 2-(lH-Benzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1,3,3- tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate
Tos tosyl
The following conventional three-letter amino acid abbreviations are used herein; the conventional one- letter amino acid abbreviations are not used herein:
έl
Ala = alanine
Arg = arginine
Asn = asparagine Asp = aspartic acid
Cys = cysteine
Gin = glutamine
Glu = glutamic acid
Gly = glycine His = histidine lie = isoleucine
Leu = leucine
Lys = lysine
Met = methionine Nle = norleucine
Orn = ornithine
Phe = phenylalanine
Phg = phenylglycine
Pro = proline Ser = serine
Thr = threonine
Trp = tryptophan
Tyr = tyrosine
Val valine
The present invention provides a process for the synthesis of compounds of formula (I) . The provided process is accomplished using inexpensive, simple starting materials and a more efficient approach to the problem of incorporating NMeArg into peptides. The overall process is novel: it utilizes novel reaction steps, novel reaction sequences, and novel reaction intermediates. In practicing the provided invention, knowledge of a number of standard techniques known to
(cT those in the art is required. The following discussion and references are offered to provide such knowledge.
Generally, peptides are elongated by deprotecting the α-amine of the C-terminal residue and coupling the next suitably protected amino acid through a peptide linkage using the methods described. This deprotection and coupling procedure is repeated until the desired sequence is obtained. This coupling can be performed with the constituent amino acids in a stepwise fashion, or condensation of fragments (two to several amino acids) , or combination of both processes, according to the methods described by Merrifield, J. Am . Chem . Soc , 85: 2149-2154 (1963); " The Peptides" , Vol. 1, 2, 3, 5, and 9, (1979-1987), E. Gross and J. Meienhofer, eds, Academic Press, , Academic Press, New York; Bodanszky, "Peptide Chemistry: A Practical Textbook" , Springer- Verlag, New York (1988); Bodanszky et al. " The Practice of Peptide Sythesiε" Springer-Verlag, New York (1984); the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
The coupling of two amino acid derivatives, an amino acid and a peptide, two peptide fragments, or the cyclization of a peptide can be carried out using standard coupling procedures such as the azide method, mixed carbonic acid anhydride (isobutyl chloroformate) method, carbodiimide (dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, diisopropylcarbodiimide, or water-soluble carbodiimides) method, active ester (p-nitrophenyl ester, N- hydroxysuccinic imido ester) method. Woodward reagent K method, carbonyldiimidazole method, phosphorus reagents such as BOP-C1, or oxidation-reduction method. Some of these methods (especially the carbodiimide) can be enhanced by the addition of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole. These coupling reactions may be performed in either solution (liquid phase) or solid phase.
The functional groups of the constituent amino acids must be protected during the coupling reactions to avoid undesired bond formation. The protecting groups that can be used, methods of using them to protect amino acids, and methods to remove them are listed as above.
The α-carboxyl group of the C-terminal residue is usually protected by an ester that can be cleaved to give the carboxylic acid. These protecting groups include but are not meant to be limited to: 1) alkyl esters such as methyl and t-butyl, 2) aryl esters such as benzyl and substituted benzyl, or 3) esters which can be cleaved by mild base treatment or mild, reductive means such as trichloroethyl and phenacyl esters. In the solid phase case, the C-terminal amino acid is attached to an insoluble carrier (usually polystyrene) . These insoluble carriers contain a group which will react with the carboxyl group to form a bond which is stable to the elongation conditions but readily cleaved later. Examples of which are: oxime resin (DeGrado and Kaiser (1980) J. Org. Chem . 45: 1295-1300) chloro or bromomethyl resin, hydroxymethyl resin, and aminomethyl resin. Many of these resins are commercially available with the desired C-terminal amino acid already incorporated. The α-amino group of each amino acid must be protected. Any amine protecting group known in the art can be used. Examples of these are: 1) acyl types such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthalyl, and p- toluenesulfonyl; 2) aromatic carbamate types such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and substituted benzyloxycarbonyls, 1- (p-biphenyl)-1- methylethoxycarbonyl, and 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc) ; 3) aliphatic carbamate types such as tert- butyloxycarbonyl (Boc) , ethoxycarbonyl, diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, and allyloxycarbonyl; 4) cyclic alkyl carbamate types such as
£>τ cyclopentyloxycarbonyl and adamantyloxycarbonyl; 5) alkyl types such as triphenylmethyl and benzyl; 6) trialkylsilane such as trimethylsilane; and 7) thiol containing types such as phenylthiocarbonyl and dithiasuccinoyl. The preferred α-amino protecting group is either Cbz, Boc or Fmoc. Many amino acid derivatives suitably protected for peptide synthesis are commercially available.
The α-amino protecting group is cleaved prior to the coupling of the next amino acid. When the Cbz group is used, the reagents of choice are hydrogenation conditions using hydrogen at atmospheric pressure or in a Parr apparatus at elevated hydrogen pressure, or cyclohexene or ammonium formate over palladium, palladium hydroxide on charcoal or platinum oxide in methanol, ethanol or tetrahydrofuran, or combination of these solvents (P. N. Rylander, Hydrogenation Methods, Acedemic Press, 1985) . When the Boc group is used, the methods of choice are trifluoroacetic acid, neat or in dichloromethane, or HC1 in dioxane. The resulting ammonium salt is then neutralized either prior to the coupling or in situ with basic solutions such as aqueous buffers, or tertiary amines in dichloromethane or dimethylformamide. When the Fmoc group is used, the reagents of choice are piperidine or substituted piperidines in dimethylformamide, but any secondary amine or aqueous basic solutions can be used. The deprotection is carried out at a temperature between 0°C and room temperature. Any of the amino acids bearing side chain functionalities must be protected during the preparation of the peptide using any of the above-identified groups. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the selection and use of appropriate protecting groups for these side chain functionalities will depend upon the
amino acid and presence of other protecting groups in the peptide. The selection of such a protecting group is important in that it must not be removed during the deprotection and coupling of the α-amino group. For example, when Cbz is chosen for the α-amine protection the following protecting groups are acceptable: p- toluenesulfonyl (tosyl) moieties for arginine; t- butyloxycarbonyl, phthalyl, or tosyl for lysine or ornithine; alkyl esters such as cyclopentyl for glutamic and aspartic acids; alkyl ethers for serine and threonine; and the indole of tryptophan can either be left unprotected or protected with a formyl group.
When Boc is chosen for the α-amine protection the following protecting groups are acceptable: p- toluenesulfonyl (tosyl) moieties and nitro for arginine; benzyloxycarbonyl, substituted benzyloxycarbonyls, or tosyl for lysine; benzyl or alkyl esters such as cyclopentyl for glutamic and aspartic acids; benzyl ethers for serine and threonine; benzyl ethers, substituted benzyl ethers or 2-bromobenzyloxycarbonyl for tyrosine; p-methylbenzy1, p-methoxybenzyl, acetamidomethyl, benzyl, or t-butylsulfonyl for cysteine; and the indole of tryptophan can either be left unprotected or protected with a formyl group. When Fmoc is chosen for the α-amine protection usually tert-butyl based protecting groups are acceptable. For instance, Boc can be used for lysine, tert-butyl ether for serine, threonine and tyrosine, and tert-butyl ester for glutamic and aspartic acids. Once the elongation and cyclization of the peptide is completed all of the protecting groups are removed. For the liquid phase synthesis the protecting groups are removed in the manner dictated by the choice of protecting groups. These procedures are well known to those skilled in the art.
&c_.
Unusual amino acids used in this invention can be synthesized by standard methods familiar to those skilled in the art ("The Peptides: Analysis, Sythesis, Biology, Vol. 5, pp. 342-449, Academic Press, New York (1981)). N-Alkyl amino acids can be prepared using proceedures described in previously (Cheung et al., (1977) Can . J. Chem. 55: 906; Freidinger et all, (1982) J. Org. Chem . 84: 77 (1982)), which are incorporated here by reference. The process of the present invention utilizes the general methods described above along with the novel methods described below to prepare the compounds of Formula (I) :
Formula (I)
A protected form of Gin is dehydrated to give the corresponding protected derivative of 2-amino-4-cyano- butyric acid, which then can be methylated exclusively at the 2-amino group. At a convenient point in the synthesis, the 4-cyano group is reduced to the corresponding aminomethyl group, giving a derivative of Nα-methyl-ornithine. Guanylation of this amine, for instance as described in Z. Tian, R. W. Roeske, Int . Journal Pept . Prot . Res . 1991, 37: 425-429 and
references therein, and which is hereby incorporated by reference, converts the Nα-methyl-ornithine into a derivative of Nα-MeArg.
The process of the present invention begins with the sequence of steps shown in Scheme I.
Scheme I PART A.
PartA.
Step 1 of the process begins with a commercially available compound (1) in which W is an amine protecting group, such as an alkyl-urethane, t-Boc, acyl, phthalyl, o-nitrophenylsulfenyl, Cbz, Fmoc, fluorenylphenyl, or some other amine protecting group as described above. The preferred protecting group is Cbz.
The carboxamide group of formula (1) is dehydrated to the corresponding nitrile through the action of an appropriate dehydrating agent such as C0C12, acetic anhydride, or a coupling agent as described in the references: Z. Grzonka, B. Liberek, Bull. Acad. Pol . Sci . Ser. Sci . Biol . (1969), 17: 219-22; T. Yoneta, S. Shibahara, S. Fukatsu, S. Seki, Bull. Chem. Soc . Jpn . (1978); M. Wilchek, S. Ariely, A. Patchornik, J. Org. Chem . (1968), 33: 1258-9, which are hereby incorporated by reference. The preferred reagent is phosgene in toluene, THF, dioxane or methylene chloride or mixtures
of these solvents at temperatures ranging from 0° to 50°C.
The resulting aminonitrile compound (2) is then selectively alkylated at the α-amino group using an alkylating agent, such as an alkyl halide or dialkylsulfate, and a base, such as NaH or K-O-t-Bu, Na- O-t-Bu, LDA, LiHMDS, NaHMDS, or KHMDS, to introduce a Ci to C8 straight or branched alkyl group, or benzyl to produce compound (3) . The preferred method uses NaH or K-O-t-Bu as bases and alkyliodide or dialkylsulfate as the alkylating agent in THF or dioxane at temperatures ranging from 0° to 50° C. Alternatively, .compound (2) can be alkylated using the approach of Freidinger et al., J. Org. Chem . (1983), 48: 77-81.
Par R
PartB.
In step 3, compound (3) is converted to the corresponding N-carboxyanhydride by reaction with an acid chloride, anhydride or a coupling agent as described in E. Frerot, J. Coste, J. Poncet, P. Jouin, B. Castro, Tetrahedron Lett . (1992), 33: 2815-2816. In the preferred method, this is accomplished using PCI5' in THF, dioxane, methylene chloride, or toluene between 0° and 50 °C. The resulting N-carboxyanhydride (4) is then reacted with an amino acid or an amino acid derivative in step 4. The amino acid can be used with, or without a carboxylate protecting group as described above. The preferred method of Step 4 for the preparation of the compound of formula (5) where Y is t-butyl is via reaction with Gly-t-butyl ester, in solvents such as DMF, methylene chloride, chloroform, acetontrile between -40° and 0 °C.
Compound (5) can alternatively be prepared from compound (3) using steps 3a and 4a above. Compound (3) is coupled to an amino acid or an amino acid ester using well-known methods as described above giving rise to dipeptide (6) . Selective deprotection of the alpha- amino protecting group gives rise to compound (5) .
Part C.
R o
SRΛ 5 o-v
PartC. J~
In step 5 (above) , the Nα-alkyl dipeptide (5) is coupled with a α-amino-protected amino acid to give
o tripeptide (7) using well-known methods for peptide coupling as previously described. The preferred method to prepare (7) wherein W is Boc, Y is t-butyl, and R3 is alkyl, is to couple the Boc-protected amino acid to (5) using activating agents that include diphenylphosphinic chloride, chloroformates, TBTU, carbodiimides plus hydroxylamine derivatives. Bop, PyBOP, or PyBrOP as previously described at temperatures ranging from -30° to 70 °C in the presence of a tertiary amine such as DIEA in solvents including DMF or methylene chloride.
ar P.
NH2 NC (
R12 O W m Rg O R12 © <CιH2> " R9 0
R2 R3 O R5 ste 6 R2 R3 O R5
I &
1Ω. Part D.
Part D illustrates the method used to convert the substituted 2-amino-4-cyano-butyric acid moiety of (7 ) into the corresponding ornithine derivative in compound (8 ) , and into an Arg derivative in compound (10 ) . An
advantage of the present invention is that this sequence of transformations can be carried out at any point that is convenient within the overall synthesis of a peptide. Step 6 involves the reduction of the nitrile to the corresponding aminomethyl function. This transformation can be carried out using reaction conditions well known in the literature for reducing cyano groups, as described in Tetrahedron Lett . , 4393 (1975); Modern Synthetic Reactions, H.O. House (1972); or Harting et al. J. Am . Chem . Soc , 50: 3370 (1928). The preferred method for preparing (8) from (7) involves reductive hydrogenation at elevated hydrogen pressure, with Ptθ2 in an alcohol solvent like ethanol between ambient temperature and about 60°C. Step 7 involves reaction of the amine (8) released in step 6 with a guanylating agent (9) in which XX is H or an amine protecting group as listed above and Z is a leaving group such as S03~, S-alkyl, O-alkyl. Methods for synthesizing guanidines are known in the art and described in " The Peptides" vol 2, 169-175; Garigipat et al, Tetrahedron Lett. 31: 1969 (1990); Kim et al. Tetrahedron Lett . 29: 3183 (1988); Miller and Bischoff, Synthesis 111, (1986) , Delle Monache, EPO Application #330629A2 (published 1989); and Bernard et al. Can . J. Chem . 36:1541 (1958) all of which are hereby incorporated by reference. In the preferred method XX is Cbz, and Z is S-ethyl or S-methyl, and this reagent is reacted with (8) in the presence of a tertiary amine such as DIEA in solvents such as water, methanol, ethanol, dioxane or combination of these solvents at ambient temperature to reflux temperature of the solvent.
7.)-.
Part E .
Jfl. 1
Part E.
In Step 8 (above) , the free amino acid tripeptide (11) is prepared by the deprotection of compound (10) . For example, deprotection of (10) wherein Y is t-butyl alkyl and W is t-Boc may be accomplished using any of a variety of methods well known in the literature- for the deprotection of t-butyl esters and t-Boc groups. Such methods include: hydrogen chloride in dioxane; and trifluoroacetic acid neat or in methylene chloride. The preferred method, to prepare the free amino acid compound, (11) , by deprotection of compound (10) wherein W is t-Boc and Y is t-butyl alkyl, utilizes trifluoroacetic acid in methylene chloride or hydrogen chloride in dioxane, at ambient temperature.
Part F.
PartF.
In Step 9, the fully elaborated protected linear peptide compound, (13) , is prepared by coupling the carboxylic acid compound, (12), and the amino tripeptide compound, (11) . This step may be carried out using any of the variety of methods well known in the literature for forming amide bonds, as previously described. The preferred coupling method for the preparation of the linear pentapeptide compound of formula (13) wherein G is t-Boc, involves preactivation of (12) to form an active ester using a carbodiimide and hydroxysuccinimide o or pentafluorophenol at 0 C to ambient temperature, followed by addition of (11) dissolved in- DMF or acetonitrile at 0° to 100 °C.
In Step 10, the free amino acid pentapeptide compound, (14), is prepared by the deprotection of compound (13) . For example, deprotection of (14) wherein G is t-Boc may be accomplished using any of a variety of methods well known in the literature for the deprotection of t-butyl esters and t-Boc groups. Such methods include: hydrogen chloride in dioxane or ethyl acetate; and trifluoroacetic acid neat or in methylene chloride, chloroform, ether, or toluene. The preferred method to prepare the free amino acid compound (14) , is deprotection of compound (13) wherein G is t-Boc, utilizing trifluoroacetic acid in methylene chloride or hydrogen chloride in dioxane, at ambient temperature.
In Step 11, the cyclic compound, (15) , is prepared by cyclization of the linear pentapeptide compound, (14) . This step may be accomplished using any of the variety of amide bond forming reactions well known in the literature as described above, or under conditions known to promote acrocyclization as described is R. Schmidt, K. Neubert, Int . Jour. Peptide . Prot . Res . (1991), 37: 502-507 which is hereby incorporated by reference. The preferred cyclization methods for the preparation of compounds of formula (15) from the linear
compound, (14) , utilizes a tertiary amine as base, such as DIEA, and TBTU, BOP, PyBrOP, PyBOP, or a carbodiimide such as 1- (3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride or DCC in a solvent such as N,N- dimethylformamide or acetonitrile, at ambient temperature.
In Step 12 a compound of formula (I), wherein R4 is H, is formed: the β-carboxylic acid, (16), is prepared from the corresponding compound of formula (15) wherein R6 is CH2C02Bn by catalytic hydrogenation: the protecting groups on the guanidino function are simultaneously removed if XX is Cbz or aaother protecting group which can be removed by hydrogenolysis. One may use any of the many hydrogenation methods well known in the literature, such as described in: P. N.
Rylander, Hydrogenation Methods, Acedemic Press, (1985) . Such methods include: catalytic reduction with hydrogen over platinum oxide; catalytic reduction at elevated hydrogen pressure over palladium on charcoal; or phase transfer hydrogenation with cyclohexene or ammonium formate, in an appropriate solvent such as methanol or ethanol. The preferred method for the preparation of compound (7) wherein R6 is CH2CO2Y and where Y is Cbz, involves hydrogenation of.compound (15) with 10% palladium on charcoal in an alcohol solvent, at a temperature between ambient temperature and 70° C. Alternatively, the reaction may be carried out with 10% palladium on charcoal, at elevated hydrogen pressure, in an alcohol solvent.
Schema 2
15b 16a
Scheme 2
Scheme 2 illustrates a process for the synthesis of
Formula I wherein R4 is other than H, e.g. an ester.
The synthesis proceeds similarly to scheme 1, but differs at Part F where here the protecting groups on the α-amino group and the β-carboxylate are orthogonally removed. In the preferred method, G of (13) is Fmoc, and R11 is CH2-C02-t-Bu.
In the first reaction of Scheme 2, the Fmoc is removed using a secondary or tertiary amine, such as piperidine, in a polar organic solvent, such as DMF. Alternatively, this deblocking reaction step can be carried out in situ during the cyclization step if the cyclization reaction is carried out in the presence of DMAP or a similar base. Thus, in the prefered method, compound (13) wherein G is FMOC, is deprotected and cyclized by treating it with DMAP and TBTU in DMF. In the third reaction in Scheme 2, the carboxylate protecting group is removed. In the preferred method in which R6 is CH2-C02~t-Bu, the deprotection is effected using the conditions described above to convert compound (10) to (11) . The fourth reaction in Scheme 2 involves alkylation of the carboxylate that was liberated in the previous step. This is carried out using an alkyl halide or alkyl sulfonate ester, such as alkyl-tosylates, in DMF with a tertiary amine as base at temperatures ranging from 0 °C to 50 °C.
Scheme 3
1L I≤. 18a
Scheme3
The preparation of intermediate compound (12) is shown in Scheme 3. The pseudodipeptide (12) is prepared by coupling the amino carboxylic acid compound of formula (18) or formula (18A) , with the activated carboxylic acid of an appropriately substituted N-α protected amino acid of (19) wherein G is a protecting group such as Fmoc or t-Boc, using any of the amide bond forming reactions previously described. The preferred method for preparing the pseudodipeptide compound, (12) , wherein R is phenyl, is by reaction of the free amino acid compound, (18) wherein R1 is phenyl, with a carboxylic acid, (19), activated with N,N'- carbonyldiimidazole, in the solvent N,N- dimethylformamide, at ambient temperature. Alternatively, the carboxylic acid can be activated as the N-hyroxysuccinate ester in a solvent such as methylene chloride or N,N-dimethylformamide.
The amino carboxylic acid compound of formula (18) or formula (18A) can be purchased or can be prepared by reduction of the appropriately substituted cyano
carboxylic acid compound (17) by methods well known in the literature for reducing cyano groups, as described in Tett . Lett . , 4393 (1975); Modern Synthetic Reactions, H.O. House (1972); or Harting et al. J. Am . Chem . Soc , 50: 3370 (1928) . The preferred method for preparing the amino acid (18) , wherein R* is phenyl from (17) involves reductive hydrogenation at elevated hydrogen pressure, with 10% palladium on charcoal in an alcohol solvent like ethanol between ambient temperature and 60°C. For example, reduction of 3- or 4-cyanobenzoic acid, which is a compound of formula (17) wherein R* is phenyl, under these conditions affords the corresponding benzyl amine of formula (18) .
Other analogues of compounds of formula (18) and (18A) may be prepared by any of a number of methods well known in the literature or as described in the following Schemes.
Scheme 4.
24-
Scheme4
The N-alkylated compound of formula (24) can be prepared according to standard procedures, for example.
Olsen, J. Org. Chem. (1970) 35: 1912) . This compound may also be prepared as shown in Scheme 4.
Scheme.. 5-8
IA
Scheme 5
(1) R,5L1 (IDHjO/HCl
Scheme 6 2A
fcv
V
Scheme 7
Di5 (1) NHzOH.HCl/EtOH/Pyr.
(it) P -C/Et0H/HqOn./H2
Scheme 8 IA
Schemes 5-8 show a number of alternative routes to intermediate compounds of formula (24) . Compound (24) falls within general formula (18) and is useful for the synthesis of compounds of formula (12) . Scheme 5 details a method for the preparation of compounds of formula (24) wherein R15 is Cχ-C8 alkyl, Cχ-C8 cycloalkyl, or aryl. Scheme 8 shows a route for the preparation of compounds of formula (24) wherein R1^ is alkyl or phenyl. Schemes 9 and 10 show routes for the preparation of compounds of formula (24) wherein R1^ is CH3, or phenyl.
Schema 3
Scheme 9
Alternative carbocylic residues for R1 of the invention include aminoalkyl-naphthoic acid. Formula (29) , and aminoalkyl-tetrahydronaphthoic acid. Formula (30) as depicted above in scheme 9.
Some other possible analogues for R1 Formula (I) can be prepared according to a modification of standard
procedures previously reported in the literature such as described in Earnest, I.,et al., Tett. Lett., (1990) 31: 4011-4014.
An alternative process for the synthesis of compounds of Formula (I) is shown in Scheme 10 below.
Scheme 10
Part A
L Formula(V)
An alternative process from scheme 1 is as follows and begins at compound (7) from scheme 1, part C above. The free amino acid tripeptide Formula (V) is prepared by the deprotection of compound (7) as in step 6 above. For example, deprotection of (7) wherein Y is benzyl and W is Cbz may be accomplished using any of a variety of methods well known in the literature for the deprotection of benzyl esters and Cbz groups. However, the reaction must be carefully monitored to avoid reduction of the nitrile. One may use any of the many hydrogentation methods well known in the literature, such as described in: P. N. Rylander, Hydrogenation
Methods, Acedemic Press, (1985) . Such methods include: catalytic reduction with hydrogen over platinum oxide; catalytic reduction at elevated hydrogen pressure over palladium on charcoal; or phase transfer hydrogenation with cyclohexene or ammonium formate, in an appropriate
solvent such as methanol or ethanol. The preferred method for the preparation of Formula (V) involves hydrogenation of compound (7) with 10% palladium on charcoal in an alcohol solvent, at a temperature between ambient temperature and 70° C. Alternatively, the reaction may be carried out with 10% palladium on charcoal, at elevated hydrogen pressure, in an alcohol solvent.
©
Part B.
Formula (I)
PartB.
In Step 7, the fully elaborated protected linear peptide compound, (21), is prepared by coupling the carboxylic acid compound, (12), and the amino tripeptide compound, (20) . This step may be carried out using any of the variety of methods well known in the literature for forming amide bonds, as previously described. The preferred coupling method for the preparation of the linear pentapeptide compound of formula (21) wherein G is t-Boc, involves preactivation of (12) to form an active ester using a carbodiimide and hydroxysuccinimide or pentafluorophenol at 0 C to ambient temperature, ' followed by addition of (20) dissolved in'DMF or acetonitrile at 0° to 100 °C.
In Step 8, the free amino acid pentapeptide compound, (22), is prepared by the deprotection of compound (21) . For example, deprotection of (21) wherein G is t-Boc may be accomplished using any of a variety of methods well known in the literature for the deprotection of t-Boc groups. Such methods include: hydrogen chloride in dioxane or ethyl acetate; and trifluoroacetic acid neat or in methylene chloride, chloroform, ether, or toluene. The preferred method to prepare the free amino acid compound (22) , is deprotection of compound (21) wherein G is t-Boc, utilizing trifluoroacetic acid in methylene chloride or hydrogen chloride in dioxane, at ambient temperature.
In Step 9, the cyclic compound, (23) , is prepared by cyclization of the linear pentapeptide compound, (22) . This step may be accomplished using any of the variety of amide bond forming reactions well known in the literature as described above, or under conditions known to promote macrocyclization as described is R. Schmidt, K. Neubert, Int. Jour. Peptide . Prot . Res . (1991), 37: 502-507 which is hereby incorporated by reference. The preferred cyclization methods for the preparation of compounds of formula (23) from the linear
compound, (22) , utilizes a tertiary amine as base, such as DIEA, and TBTU, BOP, PyBrOP, PyBOP, or a carbodiimide such as 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride or DCC in a solvent such as N,N- dimethylformamide or acetonitrile, at ambient temperature.
In Step 10, the amino-β-carboxylic acid, (25), is prepared from the corresponding compound of formula (23) wherein R*> is CH2C02Bn by nitrile reduction using catalytic hydrogenation with simultaneous benzyl hydrogenolysis. This transformation can -be carried out using reaction conditions well known in the literature for reducing cyano groups, as described in Tett . Lett . , 4393 (1975); Modern Synthetic Reactions, H.O. House (1972); or Harting et al. J. Am . Chem. Soc , 50: 3370 (1928) .
Step 11 involves reaction of the amine released in Step 10 with a guanylating agent (9) in which XX is H or an amine protecting group as listed above and Z is a leaving group such as SO3", S-alkyl, O-alkyl to form compounds of Formula (I) . Methods for synthesizing guanidines are given in The Peptides" vol 2, 169-175; Garigipat et al. Tetrahedron Lett . 31: 1969 (1990); Kim et al. Tetrahedron Lett . . 29: 3183 (1988); Miller and Bischoff, Synthesis 777, (1986), Delle Monache, EPO
Application #330629A2 (published 1989); and Bernard et al. Can . J. Chem. 36:1541 (1958) all of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
EXAMPLES
All chemicals and solvents (reagent grade) were used as supplied from the vendors cited without further purification. t-Butyloxycarbonyl (Boc) amino acids and other starting amino acids may be obtained commercially
from Bachem Inc., Bachem Biosciences Inc. (Philadelphia, PA) , Advanced ChemTech (Louisville, KY) , Peninsula Laboratories (Belmont, CA) , or Sigma (St. Louis, MO). 2- (lH-Benzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1,3, 3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and TBTU were purchased from Advanced ChemTech. N-methylmorpholine (NMM) , /n-cresol, D-2-aminobutyric acid (Abu) , trimethylacetylchloride, diisopropylethylamine (DIEA) , 3-cyanobenzoic acid and [2-(tert-butyloxycarbonyloxylimino)-phenylacetonitrile] (Boc-ON) were purchased from Aldrich Chemical Company. Dimethylformamide (DMF) , ethyl acetate, chloroform (CHCI3) , methanol (MeOH) , pyridine and hydrochloric acid (HC1) were obtained from Baker. Acetonitrile, dichloromethane (DCM) , acetic acid (HOAc) , trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) , ethyl ether, triethylamine, acetone, and magnesium sulfate were purchased from EM Science. Palladium on carbon catalyst (10% Pd) was purchased from Aldrich Chemical Company or Fluka Chemical Company. Absolute ethanol was obtained from Quantum Chemical Corporation. Thin layer chromatography (TLC) was performed on Silica Gel 60 F254 TLC plates (layer thickness 0.2 mm) which were purchased from EM Separations. TLC visualization was accomplished using UV light, iodine, and/or ninhydrin spray. Melting points were determined using a Thomas Hoover or
Electrothermal 9200 melting point apparatus and are uncorrected. NMR spectra were recorded on a 300 MHz General Electric QE-300, Varian 300, or Varian 400 spectrometer. Fast atom bombardment mass spectrometry (FAB-MS) was performed on a VG Zab-E double-focusing mass spectrometer using a Xenon FAB gun as the ion source or a Finnigan MAT 8230.
The following examples represent (but are not intended to be limiting) the processes and intermediates of the present invention.
m
Example 1: Nfl-benzyloxvearbonvl-Ng-methγl-4-cvano-I--2- min..butyric acid Z-Gln (28.03 g, 100 mmol) was dissolved in 300 mL THF in a flask bottle protectected from moisture and to it was added 100 mL 1.93 M phosgene in toluene (193 mmol) . The solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 h and concentrated at 30° C to 200 mL. Water (200 mL) was added slowly with stirring. After stirring at room temperature for 2 h, the organic phase was seperated, and the water phase was extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic solution was washed with brine four times, dried (MgSO_j) , and concentrated. The oily product was dried over KOH overnight.
The dried oily product was taken up in 300 mL dry THF and 49.8 mL (800 mmol) methyl iodide in a flask bottle protected from moisture and the solution was cooled in an ice bath. To it was slowly added 10 g sodium hydride (250 mmol, 60% dispersion in oil) . The mixture was stirred in the ice bath for 1 h and then at room temperature for 22 h. Ethyl acetate (50 mL) was added, and after stirring for 10 min, 100 mL water was added slowly. The solution was acidified with a few drops of 4 N HCl to pH8-9 and then concentrated at 30° C to remove the organic solvents. Water (100 mL) was added followed by 10 mL 0.1 N sodium thiosulfate, and the solution was extracted with ether twice. The water layer was cooled in an ice bath and to it was slowly added 4 N HCl to pH 3 with stirring. The product , which crystallized during the acidification, was filtered, washed with water several times, and dried. Yield 26.0 g (94%). mp 81-83° C. iH-N R (CDC13) : δ=2.15 (m, IH) ; 2.38
(m, IH) ; 2.42 (m, 2H) ; 2.96 & 2.98 (2 s, cis & trans N- CH3); 4.62 (m, IH) ; 4.90 (b, IH) ; 5.19 (s, 2H) ; 7.35 (m,
5H) .
Example 2: Nfl-methvl-4-gyano-L-2-aminob.it.vric acid-N- carb_.κyanhydride
To a solution of example 1 (11.05 g, 40 mmol) in .50 L dry THF cooled in an ice bath was added phosphorus pentachloride (15 g, 72 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 2 h and concentrated to dryness. The residue was triturated with petroleum ether to give a solid which was filtered, washed with petroleum ether and dissolved in dry acetonitrile. Insoluble material was filtered off and the solution was concentrated. The solid was washed with cold ether and dried. Yield 5.86 g (87%). mp 90-92° C. !H-NMR (CDCI3) : δ=2.18 (m, IH) ; 2.39
(m, IH); 2.60 (m, 2H) ; 3.02 (s, 3H) ; 4.28 (m, IH) .
Example 3: N-Boe-D-2-aminobutyrγl-Nfl-ffiethyl-4-cvano-I.-
2-aminobutvrvl-olveine fc-hufrvl eater
To a solution of glycine t-butyl ester hydrochloride (3.68 g, 22 mmol) in 40 mL chloroform and 4.84 mL N-methylmorpholine cooled to -40° C was added a solution of example 2 (3.36 g, 20 mmol) in 20 mL dry acetonitrile, the solution was stirred at -20° C for 1 h, and the solvent was reduced to about 10 mL.
To a solution of N-Boc-D-2-aminobutyric acid dicyclohexylamine salt (8.08 g, 21 mmol) in 30 mL chloroform cooled to -10° C was added diphenylphosphinic chloride (3.91 mL, 20.5 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at -5° to -10° C for 1 h. To it was added the above prepared solution (10 mL) followed by 2.42 mL N- methylmorpholine. The mixture was stirred at 0° to -5° C for 24 h, and then concentrated. Ethyl acetate was added and insoluble material was filtered off. The filtrate was washed with NaHCθ3 four times and with brine three times, dried over MgS04, and concentrated to a small amount at which time the product crystallized. Petroleum ether was added, and after cooling, the solid was
°i\ filtered, washed with petroleum ether, and dried. Yield 6.2 g (70%). mp 90-92° C. FAB-MS (MH+) : Calculated 441.3; Found 441.3.
Example 4: H-BQC-P-2--UBing__utγryl-Pg-net-_γl-W^---ffll-_ rbigbenzγloxyearbonγl.- -ar7invl-?lveine -.-hutvl eater
Example 3 (4.63 g, 10.5 mmol) was dissolved in 70 mL methanol in a Parr bottle and to it was added a cold solution of 1.2 mL concentrated hydrochloric acid (38%) in 10 mL methanol followed by 200 mg platinum(IV) oxide. The mixture was hydrogenated at 55 psi for 1 h, the catalyst was filtered off, and 2.09 mL (15 mmol) triethylamine was added. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was taken up in 20 mL THF. To it was added N, N'-bisbenzyloxycarbonyl-S- methylisothiourea (3.58 g, 10 mmol) followed by 2.09 mL (15 mmol) triethylamine. The mixture was stirred overnight during which time the bottle was evacuated several times to remove the byproduct methanethiol. Ethyl acetate was added, and the solution was washed with 1% citric acid, brine, 5% NaHCθ3 and brine, dried (MgS0_ι) , and concentrated. Crystallization from ethyl ether-petroleum ether gave 7.2 g (95%) product. FAB-MS (MH+) : Calculated 755.4; Found 755.4.
Example 5: p-2-aπι ngt>utγry_i-yfl-me hγl-Wm.^}ϊ^-
■biaben-_γloxv__arbonvl.-L-aroinvl-ylveine TFA salt
A solution of Example 4 (9 g, 11.9 mmol) in 90 mL 50% TFA in methylene chloride was stirred at room temperature for 2 h and the solution was concentrated at 30° C. Cold ether was added, and after standing, the solid was filtered, washed with ether, and dried. Yield 8.4 g (99%). FAB-MS (MH+) : Calculated 599.3; Found 599.3.
Example 6: N-Boc- -aspartvl fb_>nzvl.-3-(aminomethyli- benzoic acid
3-cyanobenzoic acid (3.38 g, 23 mmol) was dissolved in 30 mL THF by warming and stirring. Isopropanol (20 mL) was added and the solution was allowed to cool to room temperature. To it was added 2.5 mL precooled concentrated HCl (38%) followed by 160 mg platinum(IV) oxide. The mixture was hydrogenated at 55 psi overnight. The product precipitated during the hydrogenation. Ether (100 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred and then cooled. The precipitate was filtered, washed with cold ether, and dissolved in 40 ml DMF. The catalyst was filtered off and rinsed with DMF. BocAsp(Bzl)OSu (8.4 g, 20 mmol) was added followed by 7.7 mL (44 mmol) diisopropylethylamine. After stirring at room temperature for 5 h, the solution was added slowly to 200 mL 3% citric acid with stirring. After cooling, the precipitate was filtered, washed with water and cold ether, and dried. Yield 8.2 g (90%). mp 148-150° C. *H- NMR (DMSO-dδ) : δ=1.38 (s, 9H) ; 2.62 (m, IH) ; 2.80 (m,
IH) ; 4.32 (d, 2H) ; 4.40 (m, IH) ; 5.07 (s, 2H) ; 7.20 (d, IH) ; 7.36 (s, 5H) ; 7.44 (m, 2H) ; 7.81 (m, 2H) ; 8.46 (t, IH) ; 12.90 (s, IH) .
Example 7: N-BPC-IrasPartYlfbfinZYl)~3_
(aminomefchvlϊhenzovl-P-g-aminobutvrvl-Nfl-methvl-Nffl. Nffll- fbi9benzγloxvcarbonv -I,-arginvl-σlvcine
To a solution of example 6 (2.29 g, 5 mmol) and pentafluorophenol (1.01 g, 5.5 mmol) in 15 mL THF was added DCC (1.03 g, 5 mmol) and the mixture was stirred overnight. Dicyclohexylurea was filtered off and rinsed with THF, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. To the residue was added a solution of example 5 (3.56 g, 5 mmol) in 10 ml DMF followed by 2.1 mL (12 mmol) diisopropylethylamine. After stirring at room temperature for 6 h, 50 mL 5% citric acid was added
followed by 80 mL ethyl acetate. The organic phase was seperated, washed with 1% citric acid and brine, dried (MgS04) , and concentrated. The residue was triturated with ether-petroleum ether to give 4.8 g (92%) product. FAB-MS (MH+) : Calculated 1037.5; Found 1037.3.
Example 8 : -aapartyl (benzyl) -3- (_u_ingmethyl) enzpy _■--___
2-aminobutγrγl-i*I-π_e..hvl-N-i._ Nffl'-(biabenzvloxvearbonvl_ - 1,-artτinγl-ςrlγeine TFA aalfc A solution of example 7 (5.7 g, 5.5 mmol) in 50 mL 50% TFA in methylene chloride was stirred at room • temperature for 1 h and concentrated. The- residue was triturated with cold ether, and the solid was filtered, washed with ether, and dried. Yield 5.8 g (100%). FAB-MS (MH+) : Calculated 937.4; Found 937.1.
Example 9: Cvelor__-aaparfcγl(benzvli-3-
(aminomethvl^ benzovl-g-2-aπιinobutvrγl-Nfl-me-ihvl-Nti- . Nffl'- (bi3benzvloxvearbonγH-I.-arginvl-plvevπ To a solution of TBTU (963 mg, 3 mmol) in 25 mL DMF was added slowly a solution of 3.15 g (3 mmol) example 8 in 25 mL DMF and 1 mL (9 mmol) N-methylmorpholine over a period of 1.5 h and stirring was continued for 2.5 h. The solution was added slowly to 200 mL 1% citric acid cooled in an ice bath and the precipitate was filtered, washed with water and ether, and dried. Yield 2.5 g (90%). FAB-MS (MH+) : Calculated 919.4; Found 919.0.
Example 10: Cγelor__-aana_tγl-3- aminome_-hγl-benzoγl--->- 2-aminobt.frγrvl-Νfl-mefchvl-E-arqinvl-qlvcvl.
A mixture containing example 9 (919 mg, 1 mmol), methanesulfonic acid (71 μL, 1.1 mmol) and 150 mg 10% palladium on carbon in 5 mL DMF was hydrogenated at atmospheric pressure for 4 h and the catalyst was filtered off and rinsed with DMF. The solution was added to 50 mL acetonitrile with stirring and the precipitate was filtered and washed with ether to give 590 mg (90%)
methanesulfonic acid salt of the title compound which is over 90% pure. The product was dissolved in water and the pH of the solution was adjusted to pH 7.4 by addition of ammonium hydroxide. Acetone was added to give a precipitate. Crystallization from water gave pure zwitterion product. FAB-MS (MH+) : Calculated 561.3; Found 561.3.
Example 11: 3-(aminomefchγl.benzole acid hvdroehloride 3-cyanobenzoic acid (5.88 g, 40 mmol) was suspended in 50 mL THF and the mixture was warmed up with stirring. After all solid went into solution, 50 mL isopropanol was added and the solution was allowed to cool to room temperature. To it was added 4.2 mL precooled concentrated HCl followed by 300 mg platinum(IV) oxide. The mixture was hydrogenated at 55 psi overnight. Ether (50 mL) was added, and the precipitate was filtered, washed with ether and dissolved in methanol. The catalyst was filtered off and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give 6.2 g (82%) product. !H-NMR (DMSO-d6) : 5=4.08 (d, 2H) ;
7.53 (t, IH) ; 7.80 (d, IH) ; 7.94 (d, IH) ; 8.10 (s, IH) ; 8.65 (s, 3H) .
Example 12: Fmoc-I,-a9Partγl(fc-butyH-3-faminnmethγlϊ- benzoie acid
To a solution of FmocAsptBu OPfp (17.33 g, 30 mmol) and example 11 (6.19 g, 33 mmol) in 50 mL DMF cooled in an ice bath was added 11.5 mL (66 mmol) diisopropylethylamine, and after stirring at room temperature for 5 h, 200 mL 5% citric acid was added and the solution was extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO_j) , and concentrated to give a solid which was washed with ether-petroleum ether and dried. Yield 16.3 g (100%). iH-NMR (DMSO-d6) : δ=1.35 (s, 8H) ; 2.48 (dd, IH) ; 2.70
i
(dd, IH) ; 4 . 2-4 . 4 (m, 6H) ; 7 . 30 (t , 2H) ; 7 . 4-7 . 5 (m, 4H) ; 7 .7-7 . 9 (m, 7H) ; 8 .55 (t , IH) ; 12 . 92 (s , IH) .
Example 13 : Fmoe-__-aapartvl (fr-butyl l -3- (aminomethvl^benzovl-_--2-aminob-ityrvl-wa-methvl-Mfl-. Nttl-
A mixture containing example 12 (10.89 g, 20 mmol), pentafluorophenol (4.05 g, 22 mmol) and DCC (4.13 g, 20 mmol) in 50 mL THF was stirred at room temperature overnight. Dicyclohexylurea was filtered off, rinsed with THF, and the filtrate was concentrated. To it was added a solution of example 5 (14.25 g, 20 mmol) in 40 mL DMF followed by 7.32 mL (42 mmol) diisopropylethylamine. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 h, insoluble material was filtered off, and the filtrate was added to 200 mL 3% citric acid with stirring. The solution was extracted with ethyl acetate twice and the combined extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO_ι) , and concentrated. The residue was triturated with ether-petroleum ether to give 22 g (98%) product. FAB-MS (MH+) : Calculated 1125.5; Found 1125.7.
Example 14: CyclQT -aspartyl( ~butγl)~3- (aminomefchvl.benzovl-.D-2-aminobutvrvl-Nffl. Nffll- (biabenzvloxvcarbonvlϊ-I,-arσinvl-σlvcvn
A solution of example 13 (22.5 g, 20 mmol) and 4- dimethylaminopyridine (14.66 g, 120 mmol) in 100 mL DMF was stirred overnight at room temperature and added slowly to a solution of TBTU (6.42 g, 20 mmol) in 200 mL DMF over 3 h and stirring was continued for 1 h. Ethyl acetate (1000 mL) was added and the solution was washed with 1% citric acid 2 times, brine 3 times and concentrated to dryness. The residue was taken up in THF and after filtration, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a solid which was washed with
ether and dried . Yield 16 g ( 90% ) . FAB-MS (MH+) : Calculated 885 . 4 ; Found 885 .2 .
Example 15 :
2-aτninobutyrvl-Wfl-. WflH- (biabenzvloxvearbonγl . -X,-arPinvl- qlycyll
A solution of example 14 (16 g, 18 mmol) in 200 mL 50% TFA in methylene chloride was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h and then concentrated. The residue was triturated with ether to give 14.5 g (97%) product. FAB-MS (MH+) : Calculated 829.4; Found 829.1.
Example 16 : Cycle . -aspartyl (acetQ__γπιethyl) -3-
(aminomethγllbenzoγl-g-2-aminobutvrvl-I,-arqinγl-olγevl. A mixture containing example 15 (1.42 g, 1.7 mmol), bromomethyl acetate (980 mL, 10 mmol) and triethylamine (976 mL, 7 mmol) in 10 mL DMF was stirred at room temperature overnight. Ethyl acetate was added and the solution was washed with brine 3 times, dried (MgSO_ι) , concentrated, and dried. The residue was taken up in 8 mL DMF and to it was added 130 mL (2 mmol) methanesulfonic acid followed by 150 mg 10% palladium on carbon. The mixture was hydrogenated at atmospheric pressure for 2 h, the catalyst was filtered off, and the solution was diluted with water. Purification using se ipreparative HPLC gave 650 mg (51) pure product. FAB- MS (MH+) : Calculated 633.3; Found 633.2.
Example 17: Cyelor_.-aapar_.vl(pivalovloxvmethvl.-3- (aminomethyl)benzovl-_-)-2-aminobutvrvl---aroinvl-olvπy11
A mixture containing example 15 (4.14 g, 5 mmol), chloromethyl pivalate (4.3 mL, 30 mmol), triethylamine (2.8 mL, 20 mmol), Nal (4.5 g, 30 mmol) in 10 mL DMF was stirred at room temperature for 18 h. Ethyl acetate (100 mL) was added and the solution was washed with brine 3 times, dried (MgS04) , and concentrated. The residue was
taken up in 15 L ethyl acetate and passed through a silica gel column using ethyl acetate-THF (1:1) as eluent to give 1.5 g pure product. The product was dissolved in 10 mL DMF and hydrogenated at atmospheric pressure using 10% palladium on carbon (130 mg) in the presence of methanesulfonic acid (100 mL) for 2 h. The catalyst was filtered off, rinsed with DMF, and the solution was diluted with water. Purification using semipreparative HPLC gave 1 g (26%) pure product. FAB-MS (MH+) : Calculated 675.3; Found 675.3.
Example 18: Cvclori_-aapartγl-(iaopropvloxvcarbonvl- oxvmefchvl 3-aminomethvlibenzovl-g-2-aminobufcyrvl-. - arginyl-qlycyll A mixture containing example 15 (4.14 g, 5 mmol), chloromethyl isopropyl carbonate (4.58 g, 30 mmol), triethylamine (2.8 mL, 20 mmol), Nal (4.5 g, 30 mmol) in 10 mL DMF at stirred at room temperature for 18 h. Ethyl acetate (100 mL) was added and the solution was washed with brine 3 times, dried (MgSθ ) , and concentrated. The residue was taken up in 10 mL ethyl acetate-THF (1:1) and passed through a silica column using ethyl acetate- THF (1:1) as eluent to give 1.6 g product. The product was dissolved in 10 mL DMF and hydrogenated at atmospheric pressure using 10% palladium on carbon (150 mg) in the presence of 130 mL for 2 h. The catalyst was filtered off, rinsed with DMF, and the solution was diluted with water. Purification using semipreparative HPLC gave lg (25%) pure product. FAB-MS (MH+) : Calculated 667.3; Found 667.3.
Claims
1. A process for the preparation of compounds of formula I :
comprising the steps of :
(a) alkylating the α-amino group of an
aminonitrile of the formula :
to produce a compound of the formula
(IV):
and coupling with amino acid derivatives to produce a nitrile tripeptide of the formula:
(b) reducing the nitrile group from the product of step (a) to form the formula:
(c) reacting the amino group of the product of step (b) with a guanylating agent of the formula:
to produce the formula :
(d) deprotecting the carboxyl and α-amino groups of the product from step (c) to form the compound of the formula: and coupling the above formula with a carboxylic acid derivative of formula:
to produce a protected linear peptide of formula:
(e) removing the protecting group (G) of the product of Step (d) to produce a deprotected linear peptide of formula (III): ioι
(f) cyclizing the deprotected linear peptide of Formula (III) to produce a cyclic peptide of formula (II):
(g) then converting the Formula (II) by a series of deprotecting and/or alkylating steps to a compound of formula (I):
wherein :
R1 is wherein :
p and p ' are 0 or 1 ; R19 is a C6-C14 saturated, partially
saturated, or aromatic carbocyclic ring system or heterocyclic ring system composed of carbon atoms and at least 1- 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, S; all these ring systems may be optionally substituted with 0-2 R7;
R17 and R16 are independently selected from the group: hydrogen,
C1-C4 alkyl, optionally substituted with halogen,
C1-C2 alkoxy, and benzyl;
R15 and R18 are independently selected from the group: hydrogen,
C1-C8 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R8, C2-C8 alkenyl substituted with 0-2 R8, C2-C8 alkynyl substituted with 0-2 R8, C3-C8 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-2
R8,
C6-C10 bicycloalkyl substituted with 0-2
R8, aryl substituted with 0-2 R13, and a heterocylic ring system composed of 5- 10 atoms including 1-3 nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur heteroatoms with the remaining atoms being carbon, optionally
substituted with 0-2 R13;
R15 and R17 can alternatively join to form a 5-7 membered carbocyclic ring
substituted with 0-2 R13;
R18 and R16 can alternatively join to form a 5-7 membered carbocyclic ring
substituted with 0-2 R13;
R7 is independently selected at each
occurrence from the group: phenyl, benzyl, phenethyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C5 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl. C3-C6 cycloalkylmethyl, C7-C10
arylalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, -CO2R20, sulfonamide, formyl, C3-C6 cycloalkoxy, -OC (=O) R20, -C (=O) R20, -OC (=O) OR20a, -OR20, -CH2OR20, and C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with -NR20R21;
R8 is independently selected at each
occurrence from the group: =O, F, Cl, Br, I, -CF3, -CN, -CO2R20, -C(=O)NR20R21, -CH2OR20, -OC(=O)R20, -CH2NR20R21, and -NR20R21; R13 is independently selected at each
occurrence from the group: phenyl, benzyl, phenethyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C5 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl,
C3-C6 cycloalkylmethyl, C7-C10
arylalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, -CO2R20, sulfonamide, formyl, C3-C6 cycloalkoxy, -OC (=O) R20, -C (=O) R20, -OC (=O) OR20a, -OR20, -CH2OR20, and C1-C4 alkyl
optionally substituted with -NR20R21;
R20 is independently selected at each
occurrence from the group:
H, C1-C8 alkyl, aryl, -(C1-C6
alkyl) aryl, and C3-C6 alkoxyalkyl;
R20a is R20, but not H;
R21 is independently selected at each
occurrence from the group: H, C1-C4 alkyl, and benzyl;
R12 is H or C1-C8 alkyl; R2 is H, C1-C8 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6
cycloalkylmethyl, C1-C6 cycloalkylethyl, phenyl, phenylmethyl, CH2OH, CH2SH, CH2OCH3, CH2SCH3, CH2CH2SCH3, (CH2)sNH2,
(CH2)sNHC(=NH) (NH2), or (CH2)sNHR21, wherein s is 3-5; or
R12 and R2 can be taken together to -form -(CH2)t- , or -CH2SC (CH3)2- , wherein t is 2-4; R3 is H or C1-C8 alkyl or C1-C4 alkylphenyl;
R9 is H, C1-C8 alkyl;
R5 is H, C1-C8 alkyl;
R11 is H or C1-C8 alkyl;
R4 is selected independently at each occurrence from:
H,
C1-C8 alkyl;
C2-C8 alkenyl;
C2-C8 alkynyl;
C3-C8 cycloalkyl;
C1-C8 alkyl substituted with
(i) aryl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from halogen, phenyl, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, NO2, -S (O)0-2 (C1-C5 alkyl), OH, N (R22 ) 2 , CO2R22 , CON (R22) 2 or -CVFW where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1 ) ; ( ii ) C3-C8 cycloalkyl ;
(i i i)
aryl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from halogen, phenyl, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, NO2, -S (O)0-2 (C1-C5 alkyl), OH, N(R22)2, CO2R22, CON(R22)2 or -CVFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1);
C2-C8 alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl; substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, halogen, NO2, CN, CO2R22,
CON(R22)2, N(R24)COR24, morpholino, 2-(1- morpholino) ethoxy, N(R22)2, N+(R22)3, OCOCH3, CF3, S(O)0-2R22,
-CH(R24)OR26;
-CH(R24)OC(=O)R25;
-CH(R24)OC(=O)OR26;
-CH (R24)OC(=O)N(R25)2;
-CH (R24)N(R24)C(=O)R24;
-CH(R24)CO2R25;
-CH(R24)CON(R22)2;
-CH(R24)N(R22)2;
R22 is selected independently from: H, C1-C10 alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C4-C12
alkylcycloalkyl, aryl, -(C1-C10
alkyl) aryl, or C3-C10 alkoxyalkyl; when two R22 groups are bonded to a single N, said R22 groups may alternatively be taken together to form -(CH2)2-5- or -(CH2)O(CH2)-;
R24 is selected independently from: H, C1-C8 alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, phenyl, or benzyl;
R25 is selected from:
H; C1-C8 alkyl or C3-C8 cycloalkyl, said alkyl or cycloalkyl being substituted with 1-2 groups independently selected from:
(i) C1-C4 alkyl;
(ii) C3-C8 cycloalkyl;
(iii) C1-C5 alkoxy;
(iv) aryl substituted with 0-2 groups independently selected from:
halogen, phenyl, C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, NO2, -S (C1-C5 alkyl),
-SO(C1-C5 alkyl), -SO2 (C1-C5 alkyl), -OH, -N(R22)2, -CO2R22,
-C(=O)N(R22)2, or -CVFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1); aryl substituted with 0-2 groups
independently selected from: halogen, phenyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, NO2, -S(C1-C5 alkyl;, -SO(C1-C5 alkyl), -SO2 (C1-C5 alkyl), -OH,
-N(R22)2, -CO2R22, -C(=O)N(R22)2, or -CVFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1); R26 is selected from:
C1-C8 alkyl or C3-C8 cycloalkyl, said
alkyl or cycloalkyl being substituted with 1-2 groups independently selected from:
(i) C1-C4 alkyl;
(ii) C3-C8 cycloalkyl;
(iii) C1-C5 alkoxy;
(iv) aryl substituted with 0-2 groups independently selected from:
halogen, phenyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, NO2, -S (C1-C5 alkyl),
-SO(C1-C5 alkyl), -SO2 (C1-C5 alkyl), -OH, -N(R22)2, -CO2R22,
-C(=O)N(R22)2, or -CVFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1); aryl substituted with 0-2 groups
independently selected from: halogen, phenyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, NO2, -S(C1-C5 alkyl), -SO (C1-C5 alkyl), -SO2 (C1-C5 alkyl), -OH,
-N(R22)2, -CO2R22, -C(=O)N(R22)2, or -CVFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1); R27 is selected from:
H;
C1-C8 alkyl or C3-C8 cycloalkyl, said
alkyl or cycloalkyl being substituted with 1-2 groups independently selected from:
(i) C1-C6 alkyl;
(ii) C1-C6 alkoxy;
(iii) aryl substituted with 0-2 groups independently selected from:
halogen, phenyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, NO2, -S (C1-C5 alkyl),
-SO(C1-C5 alkyl), -SO2 (C1-C5 alkyl), -OH, -N(R22)2, -CO2R22,
-C(=O)N(R22)2, or -CVFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1); aryl substituted with 0-2 groups
independently selected from: halogen, phenyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, NO2, -S(C1-C5 alkyl), -SO(C1-C5 alkyl), -SO2 (C1-C5 alkyl), -OH,
-N(R22)2, -CO2R22, -C(=O)N(R22)2, or -CVFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1);
R28 is selected from: H, C1-C5 alkyl, or
benzyl;
R6 is CH2CO2Y; n is 1 to 4; m is 0 to 3;
W and G are H or amine protecting groups and are independently selected from the group
consisting of: acyl types such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthalyl, and p- toluenesulfonyl; aromatic carbamate types such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and
substituted benzyloxycarbonyls, 1-(p- biphenyl)-1-methylethoxycarbonyl, and 9- fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc); aliphatic carbamate types such as tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), ethoxycarbonyl,
diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, and
allyloxycarbonyl; cyclic alkyl carbamate types such as cyclopentyloxycarbonyl and adamantyloxycarbonyl; alkyl types such as triphenylmethyl and benzyl; trialkylsilane such as trimethylsilane; and thiol containing types such as phenylthiocarbonyl and
dithiasuccinoylalkyl-urethane; sulfenyl types such as O-nitrophenylsulfenyl (NPS) and O- nitropyridylsulfenyl (NPYS); Y is H or a suitable carboxylate protecting
group and can be selected from the group consisting of: alkyl esters such as C1 to C8 alkyl, C5 to C8 cycloalkylalkyl and t- butyl; aryl esters such as benzyl,
substituted benzyl, triphenylmethyl,
diphenylmethyl,
pentamethylbenzyl, tetramethylbenzyl, and trimethylbenzyl; or esters which can be cleaved by acidolysis, mild base
treatment or mild reductive means such as trichloroethyl and phenacyl esters; other protecting groups can be CH2CH2CN,
trialkylsilyl, phthalimidomethyl,
anthrylmethyl, phenylfluorenyl, 4-picolyl and phenacyl;
XX is H or a suitable amine protecting group and is selected from the group consisting of: acyl types such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl,
phthalyl, and p-toluenesulfonyl; aromatic carbamate types such as benzyloxycarbonyl
(Cbz) and substituted benzyloxycarbonyls, 1- (p-biphenyl)-1-methylethoxycarbonyl, and 9- fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc); aliphatic carbamate types such as tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), ethoxycarbonyl,
diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, and
allyloxycarbonyl; cyclic alkyl carbamate types such as cyclopentyloxycarbonyl and adamantyloxycarbonyl; alkyl types such as triphenylmethyl and benzyl; trialkylsilane such as trimethylsilane; and thiol containing types such as phenylthiocarbonyl and
dithiasuccinoylalkyl-urethane; sulfenyl types such as O-nitrophenylsulfenyl (NPS),
nitropyridylsulfenyl (NPYS), 2,3,6-trimethyl-
4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mtr-NR2), 2,4,6- trimethoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mtb-NR2), 2,6- dimethyl-4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mds- NR2), pentamethylbenzenesulfonamide (Pme-NR2),
2,
3,5,6-tetramethyl-4-methoxybenzene- sulfonamide (Mte-NR2), 4-methoxybenzene- sulfonamide (Mbs-NR2), 2,4,6- trimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Mts-NR2), 2,6- dimethoxy-4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (iMds- NR2), and 2,2,5,7,8-Pentamethylchroman-6- sulfonamide (Pmc-NR2); and
Z is a leaving group such as SO3-, S-alkyl, O- alkyl or an O-substituted derivative of hydroxylamine.
A process of claim 1 wherein:
n is 3;
R19 is selected from:
R15 and R18 are independently selected
from H, C1-C4 alkyl, phenyl. benzyl, phenyl-(C2-C4)alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy;
R17 and R16 are independently H or C1-C4
alkyl;
R7 is H, C1-C8 alkyl, phenyl, halogen, or
C1-C4 alkoxy; R11 is H or C1-C3 alkyl;
R12 is H or CH3;
R3 is H, C1-C8 alkyl;
R9 is H, C1-C3 alkyl;
R5 is H, C1-C3 alkyl; R4 is selected independently from:
H,
C1-C8 alkyl;
C2-C8 alkenyl;
C2-C8 alkynyl;
C3-C8 cycloalkyl;
C1-C8 alkyl substituted with
(i) aryl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from halogen, phenyl, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, NO2, -S (O)0-2 (C1-C5 alkyl), OH,
N(R22)2, CO2R22, CON(R22)2 or -CVFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1); (ii) C3-C8 cycloalkyl;
(iii) aryl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from halogen, phenyl, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, NO2, -S(O)0-2 (C1-C5 alkyl), OH, N(R22)2, CO2R22, CON(R22)2 or -CVFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1);
C2-C8 alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl; substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, halogen, Nθ2/ CN, CO2R22, CON(R22)2, N(R24)COR24, morpholino, 2-(1- morpholino) ethoxy, N(R22)2/ N+(R22)3, OCOCH3, CF3, S(O)0-2R22a;
-CH(R24)OR26;
-CH(R24)OC(=O)R25;
-CH(R24)OC(=O)OR26;
-CH(R24)OC(=O)N(R25)2;
-CH(R24)CO2R25;
process of claim 1 wherein: R2 is H or C1-C4 alkyl;
R5, R9, R16, R17 and R18 are H; R11 and R12 are H or CH3;
R15 is H, C1-C4 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, or
phenyl-(C2-C4)alkyl; and R3 is H or C1-C3 alkyl;
R4 is selected independently from:
H,
-CH(R24)OC(=O)R25;
-CH(R24)OC(=O)OR26;
-CH2OC(=O)N(R25)2;
-CH2CH2N(R22)2;
-CH(R24)CO2R25;
wherein
R24 is selected independently from: H, C1-C8 alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl; and R27 is selected from: C1-C5 alkyl, benzyl or phenyl.
4. A process of claim 1 wherein: n is 3; p is 0, p' is 1; R19 is phenyl R5, R9, R11, and R12 are H; R2 is ethyl; R3 is methyl; and
R4 is selected from:
H;
-CH(R24)OC(=O)R25;
-CH(R24)OC(=O)OR26;
wherein
R24 is C1-C4 linear alkyl or H; and R27 is C1-C4 alkyl, benzyl, or phenyl.
5. A process for the preparation of compounds of formula I:
comprising the steps of:
(a) alkylating an aminonitrile of the formula:
to produce a compound of the formula
(IV):
converting formula (IV) above through a series of deprotecting steps and coupling with amino acid derivatives to produce a protected nitrile tripeptide of the formula (V): Y
(b) coupling formula (V) with a carboxylic acid derivative of the formula:
wherein G is a suitable amine protecting group, to produce a protected linear peptide of formula:
(c) removing the protecting groups of the product of Step (b) to produce a deprotected linear peptide of formula :
(d) cyclizing the deprotected linear peptide of the product of step (c) to produce a cyclic peptide of formula (VI):
(e) reducing the nitrile from the product of step (d) to form the formula:
(f) reacting the product of step (e) with a guanylating agent of the formula: leading directly to a compound of Formula I, or via a series of deprotecting and/or alkylating steps
converting to a compound of formula (I):
wherein :
R1 is wherein:
p and p' are 0 or 1; R19 is a C6-C14 saturated, partially
saturated, or aromatic carbocyclic ring system or heterocyclic ring system composed of carbon atoms and at least 1- 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, S; all these ring systems may be Optionally substituted with 0-2 R7;
R17 and R16 are independently selected from the group: hydrogen,
C1-C4 alkyl, optionally substituted with halogen,
C1-C2 alkoxy, and
benzyl;
R15 and R18 are independently selected from the group: hydrogen,
C1-C8 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R8, C2-C8 alkenyl substituted with 0-2 R8, C2-C8 alkynyl substituted with 0-2 R8, C3-C8 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-2 R8,
C6-C10 bicycloalkyl substituted with 0-2
R8, aryl substituted with 0-2 R13, and a heterocylic ring system composed of 5-
10 atoms including 1-3 nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur heteroatoms with the remaining atoms being carbon, optionally
substituted with 0-2 R13;
R15 and R17 can alternatively join to form a 5-7 membered carbocyclic ring
substituted with 0-2 R13;
R18 and R16 can alternatively join to form a 5-7 membered carbocyclic ring
substituted with 0-2 R13;
R7 is independently selected at each
occurrence from the group: phenyl, benzyl, phenethyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C5 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl,
C3-C6 cycloalkylmethyl, C7-C10
arylalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, -CO2R20, sulfonamide, formyl, C3-C6 cycloalkoxy,
-OC (=O) R20, -C (=O) R20, -OC (=O) OR20a,
-OR20, -CH2OR20, and C1-C4 alkyl
optionally substituted with -NR20R21; R8 is independently selected at each
occurrence from the group: =O, F, Cl, Br, I, -CF3, -CN, -CO2R20, -C(=O)NR20R21, -CH2OR20, -OC(=O)R20, -CH2NR20R21, and -NR20R21; R13 is independently selected at each
occurrence from the group: phenyl, benzyl, phenethyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C5 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl,
C3-C6 cycloalkylmethyl, C7-C10 arylalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, -CO2R20,
sulfonamide, formyl, C3-C6 cycloalkoxy,
-OC (=O) R20, -C (=O) R20, -OC (=O) OR20a,
-OR20, -CH2OR20, and C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with -NR20R21; R20 is independently selected at each
occurrence from the group:
H, C1-C8 alkyl, aryl, - (C1-C6 alkyl)aryl, and C3-C6 alkoxyalkyl;
R20a is R20, but not H;
R21 is independently selected at each
occurrence from the group:
H, C1-C4 alkyl, and benzyl; R12 is H or C1-C8 alkyl;
R2 is H, C1-C8 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6
cycloalkylmethyl, C1-C6 cycloalkylethyl, phenyl, phenylmethyl, CH2OH, CH2SH, CH2OCH3,
CH2SCH3, CH2CH2SCH3, (CH2)sNH2,
(CH2)sNHC(=NH) (NH2), or (CH2)sNHR21, wherein s is 3-5; or R12 and R2 can be taken together to form -(CH2)t- , or -CH2SC (CH3)2- , wherein t is 2-4; R3 is H or C1-C8 alkyl or C1-C4 alkylphenyl;
R9 is H, C1-C8 alkyl;
R5 is H, C1-C8 alkyl;
R11 is H or C1-C8 alkyl; R4 is independently selected at each occurrence from:
H,
C1-C8 alkyl;
C2-C8 alkenyl;
C2-C8 alkynyl;
C3-C8 cycloalkyl;
C1-C8 alkyl substituted with
(i) aryl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from halogen, phenyl, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, NO2, -S (O)0-2 (C1-C5 alkyl), OH, N(R22)2, CO2R22, CON(R22)2 or -CVFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1); (ii) C3-C8 cycloalkyl;
(iii)
aryl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from halogen, phenyl,
C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, NO2, -S (O)0-2 (C1-C5 alkyl), OH, N(R22)2, CO2R22, CON(R22)2 or -CVFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1); C2-C8 alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl; substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, halogen, NO2, CN, CO2R22, CON(R22)2, N(R24)COR24, morpholino, 2-(1- morpholino) ethoxy, N(R22)2, N+(R22)3, OCOCH3, CF3, S(O)0-2R22;
-CH(R24)OR26;
-CH(R24)OC(=O)R25;
-CH(R24)OC(=O)OR26;
-CH(R24)OC (=O) N (R25)2;
-CH(R24)N(R24)C(=O)R24;
-CH(R24)CO2R25;
-CH(R24)CON(R22)2;
-CH(R24)N(R22)2;
wherein R22 is selected independently from: H, C1-C10 alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C4-C12
alkylcycloalkyl, aryl, -(C1-C10 alkyl) aryl, or C3-C10 alkoxyalkyl; when two R22 groups are bonded to a single N, said R22 groups may alternatively be taken together to form -(CH2)2-5- or -(CH2)O(CH2)-; R24 is selected independently from: H, C1-C8 alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, phenyl, or benzyl;
R25 is selected from:
H;
C1-C8 alkyl or C3-C8 cycloalkyl, said
alkyl or cycloalkyl being substituted with 1-2 groups independently selected from:
(i) C1-C4 alkyl;
(ii) C3-C8 cycloalkyl;
(iii) C1-C5 alkoxy;
(iv) aryl substituted with 0-2 groups independently selected from: halogen, phenyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, NO2, -S (C1-C5 alkyl),
-SO(C1-C5 alkyl), -SO2 (C1-C5 alkyl), -OH, -N(R22)2, -CO2R22,
-C(=O)N(R22)2, or -CVFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1); aryl substituted with 0-2 groups
independently selected from: halogen, phenyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, NO2, -S(C1-C5 alkyl), -SO(C1-C5 alkyl), -SO2 (C1-C5 alkyl), -OH,
-N(R22)2, -CO2R22, -C(=O)N(R22)2, or -CVFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1);
R26 is selected from:
C1-C8 alkyl or C3-C8 cycloalkyl, said
alkyl or cycloalkyl being substituted with 1-2 groups independently selected from:
(i) C1-C4 alkyl;
(ii) C3-C8 cycloalkyl;
(iii) C1-C5 alkoxy;
(iv) aryl substituted with 0-2 groups independently selected from:
halogen, phenyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, NO2, -S(C1-C5 alkyl),
-SO(C1-C5 alkyl), -SO2(C1-C5 alkyl), -OH, -N(R22)2, -CO2R22,
-C(=O)N(R22)2, or -CVFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1); aryl substituted with 0-2 groups
independently selected from: halogen, phenyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, NO2, -S(C1-C5 alkyl), -SO (C1-C5 alkyl), -SO2 (C1-C5 alkyl), -OH, -N(R22)2, -CO2R22, -C(=O)N(R22)2, or -CVFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1); R27 is selected from:
H
C1-C8 alkyl or C3-C8 cycloalkyl, said
alkyl or cycloalkyl being substituted with 1-2 groups independently selected from:
(i) C1-C6 alkyl;
(ii) C1-C6 alkoxy;
(iii) aryl substituted with 0-2 groups independently selected from:
halogen, phenyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, NO2, -S (C1-C5 alkyl),
-SO(C1-C5 alkyl), -SO2 (C1-C5 alkyl), -OH, -N(R22)2, -CO2R22,
-C(=O)N(R22)2, or -CVFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1);
aryl substituted with 0-2 groups
independently selected from: halogen, phenyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, NO2, -S(C1-C5 alkyl), -SO(C1-C5 alkyl), -SO2 (C1-C5 alkyl), -OH,
-N(R22)2, -CO2R22, -C(=O)N(R22)2, or -CVFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1); R28 is selected from: H, C1-C5 alkyl, or
benzyl;
R6 is CH2CO2Y; n is 1 to 4; m is 0 to 3 ;
W and G are H or amine protecting groups and are independently selected from the group
consisting of: acyl types such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthalyl, and p- toluenesulfonyl; aromatic carbamate types such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and
substituted benzyloxycarbonyls, 1-(p- biphenyl)-1-methylethoxycarbonyl, and 9- fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc); aliphatic carbamate types such as tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), ethoxycarbonyl,
diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, and
allyloxycarbonyl; cyclic alkyl carbamate types such as cyclopentyloxycarbonyl and adamantyloxycarbonyl; alkyl types such as triphenylmethyl and benzyl; trialkylsilane such as trimethylsilane; and thiol containing types such as phenylthiocarbonyl and
dithiasuccinoylalkyl-urethane; sulfenyl types such as O-nitrophenylsulfenyl (NPS) and 0- nitropyridylsulfenyl (NPYS); Y is H or a suitable carboxylate protecting
group and can be selected from the group consisting of: alkyl esters such as C1 to C8 alkyl, C5 to C8 cycloalkylalkyl and t- butyl; aryl esters such as benzyl,
substituted benzyl, triphenylmethyl,
diphenylmethyl,
pentamethylbenzyl,tetramethylbenzyl, and trimethylbenzyl; or esters which can be cleaved by acidolysis, mild base
treatment or mild reductive means such as trichloroethyl and phenacyl esters; other protecting groups can be CH2CH2CN,
trialkylsilyl, phthalimidomethyl,
anthrylmethyl, phenylfluorenyl, 4-picolyl and phenacyl;
XX is H or a suitable amine protecting group and is selected from the group consisting of: acyl types such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthalyl, and p-toluenesulfonyl; aromatic carbamate types such as benzyloxycarbonyl
(Cbz) and substituted benzyloxycarbonyls, 1- (p-biphenyl)-1-methylethoxycarbonyl, and 9- fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc); aliphatic carbamate types such as tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), ethoxycarbonyl,
diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, and
allyloxycarbonyl; cyclic alkyl carbamate types such as cyclopentyloxycarbonyl and adamantyloxycarbonyl; alkyl types such as triphenylmethyl and benzyl; trialkylsilane such as trimethylsilane; and thiol containing types such as phenylthiocarbonyl and
dithiasuccinoylalkyl-urethane; sulfenyl types such as O-nitrophenylsulfenyl (NPS),
nitropyridylsulfenyl (NPYS), 2,3,6-trimethyl-
4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mtr-NR2), 2,4,6- trimethoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mtb-NR2), 2,6- dimethyl-4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mds- NR2), pentamethylbenzenesulfonamide (Pme-NR2), 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-4-methoxybenzene- sulfonamide (Mte-NR2), 4-methoxybenzene- sulfonamide (Mbs-NR2), 2,4,6- trimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Mts-NR2), 2,
6- dimethoxy-4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (iMds- NR2), and 2,2,5,7,8-Pentamethylchroman-6- sulfonamide (Pmc-NR2); and Z is a leaving group such as SO3-, S-alkyl, O- alkyl or an O-substituted derivative of hydroxylamine.
A process of claim 5 wherein: n is 3;
R19 is selected from:
R15 and R18 are independently selected from H, C1-C4 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, phenyl-(C2-C4)alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy;
R17 and R16 are independently H or C1-C4 alkyl;
R7 is H, C1-C8 alkyl, phenyl, halogen, or C1-C4 alkoxy; R11 is H or C1-C3 alkyl;
R12 is H or CH3; R3 is H, C1-C8 alkyl;
R9 is H, C1-C3 alkyl;
R5 is H, C1-C3 alkyl;
R4 is selected independently from:
H,
C1-C8 alkyl;
C2-C8 alkenyl;
C2-C8 alkynyl;
C3-C8 cycloalkyl;
C1-C8 alkyl substituted with
(i) aryl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from halogen, phenyl, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, NO2, -S (O)0-2 (C1-C5 alkyl), OH, N(R22)2, CO2R22, CON(R22)2 or -CVFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1); (ii) C3-C8 cycloalkyl;
(iii)
aryl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from halogen, phenyl, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, NO2, -S (O)0-2 (C1-C5 alkyl), OH, N(R22)2, CO2R22, CON(R22)2 or -CVFV where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1); C2-C8 alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl; substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, halogen, NO2, CN, CO2R22, CON(R22)2, N(R24)COR24, morpholino, 2-(1- morpholino) ethoxy, N(R22)2, N+(R22)3, OCOCH3, CF3, S(O)0-2R22;
-CH(R24)OR26;
-CH(R24)OC(=O)R25;
-CH(R24)OC(=O)OR26;
-CH(R24)OC(=O)N(R25)2;
-CH(R24)CO2R25;
7. A process of claim 5 wherein: R2 is H or C1-C4 alkyl;
R5, R9, R16, R17 and R18 are H; R11 and R12 are H or CH3;
R15 is H, C1-C4 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, or
phenyl-(C2-C4)alkyl; and
R3 is H or C1-C3 alkyl; R4 is selected independently from:
H,
-CH(R24)OC(=O)R25;
-CH(R24)OC(=O)OR26;
-CH2OC(=O)N(R25)2;
-CH2CH2N(R22)2;
-CH(R24)CO2R25;
R24 is selected independently from: H, C1-C8 alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl; R27 is selected from: C1-C5 alkyl, benzyl or phenyl.
8. A process of claim 5 wherein: n is 3; p is 0, p' is 1;
R19 is phenyl
R5, R9, R11, and R12 are H;
R2 is ethyl; R3 is methyl; and R4 is selected independently from:
H;
-CH(R24)OC(=O)R25;
-CH(R24)OC(=O)OR26;
A
R24 is C1-C4 linear alkyl or H; R27 is C1-C4 alkyl, benzyl, or phenyl
9. A process for the preparation of an
intermediate compound of the formula (II):
comprising the steps of cyclizing a compound of formula (III) : wherein : n is 1 to 4 ;
R1 is
wherein :
p and p 1 are 0 or 1 ;
R19 is a C6-C14 saturated, partially
saturated, or aromatic carbocyclic ring system or heterocyclic ring system composed of carbon atoms and at least 1-
3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, S; all these ring systems may be optionally substituted with 0-2 R7; R17 and R16 are independently selected from the group: hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, optionally substituted with halogen,
C1-C2 alkoxy, and
benzyl;
R15 and R18 are independently selected from the group: hydrogen,
C1-C8 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R8, C2-C8 alkenyl substituted with 0-2 R8, C2-C8 alkynyl substituted with 0-2 R8, C3-C8 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-2
R8,
C6-C10 bicycloalkyl substituted with 0-2
R8, aryl substituted with 0-2 R13, and a heterocylic ring system composed of 5-
10 atoms including 1-3 nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur heteroatoms with the remaining atoms being carbon, optionally
substituted with 0-2 R13;
R15 and R17 can alternatively join to form a 5-7 membered carbocyclic ring
substituted with 0-2 R13; R18 and R16 can alternatively join to form a
5-7 membered carbocyclic ring
substituted with 0-2 R13;
R7 is independently selected at each
occurrence from the group: phenyl, benzyl, phenethyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C5 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl,
C3-C6 cycloalkylmethyl, C7-C10
arylalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, -CO2R20, sulfonamide, formyl, C3-C6 cycloalkoxy, -OC (=O) R20, -C (=O) R20, -OC (=O) OR20a, -OR20, -CH2OR20, and C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with -NR20R21;
R8 is independently selected at each
occurrence from the group: =O, F, Cl, Br, I, -CF3, -CN, -CO2R20,
-C(=O)NR20R21, -CH2OR20, -OC(=O)R20, -CH2NR20R21, and -NR20R21;
R13 is independently selected at each
occurrence from the group: phenyl, benzyl, phenethyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C5 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl,
C3-C6 cycloalkylmethyl, C7-C10
arylalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, -CO2R20, sulfonamide, formyl, C3-C6 cycloalkoxy, -0C (=O) R20, -C (=O) R20, -OC (=O) OR20a, -OR20, -CH2OR20, and C1-C4 alkyl
optionally substituted with -NR20R21;
R20 is independently selected at each
occurrence from the group:
H, C1-C8 alkyl, aryl, - (C1-C6
alkyl) aryl, and C3-C6 alkoxyalkyl;
R20a is R20' but not H; R21 is independently selected at each
occurrence from the group: H, C1-C4 alkyl, and benzyl;
R12 is H or C1-C8 alkyl;
R2 is H, C1-C8 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6
cycloalkylmethyl, C1-C6 cycloalkylethyl, phenyl, phenylmethyl, CH2OH, CH2SH, CH2OCH3, CH2SCH3, CH2CH2SCH3, (CH2)sNH2,
(CH2)sNHC(=NH) (NH2), or (CH2)sNHR21, wherein s is 3-5; or
R12 and R2 can be taken together to form -(CH2)t- , or -CH2SC(CH3)2- , wherein t is 2-4;
R3 is H or C1-C8 alkyl;
R9 is H, C1-C8 alkyl;
R5 is H, C1-C8 alkyl; R11 is H or C1-C8 alkyl;
R6 is CH2CO2Y;
Y is a suitable carboxylate protecting group
and can be selected from the group
consisting of: alkyl esters such as Ci to C8 alkyl, C5 to C8 cycloalkylalkyl and t- butyl; aryl esters such as benzyl,
substituted benzyl, triphenylmethyl,
diphenylmethyl,
pentamethylbenzyl, tetramethylbenzyl, and trimethylbenzyl; or esters which can be cleaved by acidolysis, mild base
treatment or mild reductive means such as trichloroethyl and phenacyl esters; other protecting groups can be CH2CH2CN,
trialkylsilyl, phthalimidomethyl,
anthrylmethyl, phenylfluorenyl, 4-picolyl and phenacyl; and XX is H or a suitable amine protecting group and is selected from the group consisting of: acyl types such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthalyl, and p-toluenesulfonyl; aromatic carbamate types such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and substituted benzyloxycarbonyls, 1-
(p-biphenyl)-1-methylethoxycarbonyl, and 9- fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc); aliphatic carbamate types such as tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), ethoxycarbonyl,
diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, and
allyloxycarbonyl; cyclic alkyl carbamate types such as cyclopentyloxycarbonyl and adamantyloxycarbonyl; alkyl types such as triphenylmethyl and benzyl; trialkylsilane such as trimethylsilane; and thiol containing types such as phenylthiocarbonyl and
dithiasuccinoylalkyl-urethane; sulfenyl types such as O-nitrophenylsulfenyl (NPS),
nitropyridylsulfenyl (NPYS), 2,3,6-trimethyl- 4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mtr-NR2), 2,4,6- trimethoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mtb-NR2), 2,6- dimethyl-4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mds- NR2), pentamethylbenzenesulfonamide (Pme-NR2), 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-4-methoxybenzene- sulfonamide (Mte-NR2), 4-methoxybenzene- sulfonamide (Mbs-NR2), 2,4,6- trimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Mts-NR2), 2,6- dimethoxy-4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (iMds- NR2), and 2,2,5,7,8-Pentamethylchroman-6- sulfonamide (Pmc-NR2).
10. A process of claim 9 wherein:
n is 3;
R19 is selected from:
R15 and R18 are independently selected
from H, C1-C4 alkyl, phenyl,
benzyl, phenyl-(C2-C4)alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy;
R17 and R16 are independently H or C1-C4
alkyl;
R7 is H, C1-C8 alkyl, phenyl, halogen, or C1-C4 alkoxy;
R11 is H or C1-C3 alkyl; R12 is H or CH3 ;
R9 is H, C1-C3 alkyl;
R5 is H, C1-C3 alkyl; and XX is selected from the group consisting of: t-Boc, acyl, phthalyl, o- nitrophenylsulfenyl, Cbz, Fmoc, and
fluorenylphenyl.
11. A process of claim 9 wherein: R2 is H or C1-C4 alkyl;
R5, R9, R16, R17 and R18 are H;
R11, and R12 are H or CH3; or R2 and R12 together are -(CH2)3-
R15 is H, C1-C4 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, or phenyl-(C2-C4)alkyl; and
R3 is H or C1-C3 alkyl.
12. A process of claim 9 wherein:
p is 0, p' is 1; n is 3;
R19 is phenyl; R5, R9, R11, and R12 are H; R2 is ethyl;
R3 is methyl; R6 is CH2-OBn, CH2-OtBu, or CH2-O-tBoc; and
XX is Cbz or Boc.
13. A process for the preparation of an
intermediate compound of formula (IV):
Formula (IV) comprising the steps of:
(a) dehydrating the carboxamide group of the formula:
to the corresponding nitrile to produce the formula:
(b) then selectively alkylating the product of step (a) at the α-amino group using a suitable
alkylating agent to produce formula (IV) above, wherein:
R3 is H or C1-C8 alkyl; m is 0 to 3; and
W is a suitable amine protecting group and is selected from the group consisting of: acyl types such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthalyl, and p- toluenesulfonyl; aromatic carbamate types such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and substituted
benzyloxycarbonyls, 1-(p-biphenyl)-1- methylethoxycarbonyl, and 9- fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc); aliphatic carbamate types such as tert-butyloxycarbonyl
(Boc), ethoxycarbonyl, diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, and allyloxycarbonyl; cyclic alkyl carbamate types such as cyclopentyloxycarbonyl and
adamantyloxycarbonyl; alkyl types such as
triphenylmethyl and benzyl; trialkylsilane such as trimethylsilane; and thiol containing types such as phenylthiocarbonyl and dithiasuccinoylalkyl- urethane.
14. An intermediate compound selected from the
formulae II, III, IV, V and VI: wherein: R1 is wherein: p and p' are 0 or 1;
R19 is a C6-C14 saturated, partially
saturated, or aromatic carbocyclic ring system or heterocyclic ring system composed of carbon atoms and at least 1- 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, S; all these ring systems may be optionally substituted with 0-2 R7;
R17 and R16 are independently selected from the group: hydrogen,
C3.-C4 alkyl, optionally substituted with halogen,
C1-C2 alkoxy, and
benzyl; R15 and R18 are independently selected from the group: hydrogen,
C1-C8 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R8, C2-C8 alkenyl substituted with 0-2 R8, C2-C8 alkynyl substituted with 0-2 R8, C3-C8 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-2 R8, C6-C10 bicycloalkyl substituted with 0-2 R8, aryl substituted with 0-2 R13, and a heterocylic ring system composed of 5- 10 atoms including 1-3 nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur heteroatoms with the remaining atoms being carbon, optionally
substituted with 0-2 R13;
R15 and R17 can alternatively join to form a
5-7 membered carbocyclic ring
substituted with 0-2 R13;
R18 and R16 can alternatively join to form a
5-7 membered carbocyclic ring
substituted with 0-2 R13; R7 is independently selected at each
occurrence from the group: phenyl, benzyl, phenethyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C5 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl,
C3-C6 cycloalkylmethyl, C7-C10
arylalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, -CO2R20, sulfonamide, formyl, C3-C6 cycloalkoxy, -OC (=O) R20, -C (=O) R20, -OC (=O) OR20a,
-OR20, -CH2OR20, and C1-C4 alkyl
optionally substituted with -NR20R21;
R8 is independently selected at each
occurrence from the group: =O, F, Cl, Br, I, -CF3, -CN, -CO2R20, -C(=O)NR20R21, -CH2OR20, -OC(=O)R20, -CH2NR20R21, and -NR20R21; R13 is independently selected at each
occurrence from the group: phenyl, benzyl, phenethyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C5 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl,
C3-C6 cycloalkylmethyl, C7-C10 arylalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, -CO2R20, sulfonamide, formyl, C3-C6 cycloalkoxy, -OC (=O) R20, -C (=O) R20, -OC (=O) OR20a, -OR20, -CH2OR20, and C1-C4 alkyl
optionally substituted with -NR20R21;
R20 is independently selected at each
occurrence from the group:
H, C1-C8 alkyl, aryl, -(C1-C6 alkyl) aryl, and C3-C6 alkoxyalkyl;
R20a is R20, but not H;
R21 is independently selected at each
occurrence from the group:
H, C1-C4 alkyl, and benzyl; R12 is H or C1-C8 alkyl;
R2 is H, C1-C8 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6
cycloalkylmethyl, C1-C6 cycloalkylethyl, phenyl, phenylmethyl, CH2OH, CH2SH, CH2OCH3, CH2SCH3, CH2CH2SCH3, (CH2)sNH2, (CH2)sNHC(=NH) (NH2), or (CH2)sNHR21, wherein s is 3-5; or
R^2 and R2 can be taken together to form -(CH2)t- , or -CH2SC (CH3)2- , wherein t is 2-4;
R3 is H or C1-C8 alkyl;
R9 is H, C1-C8 alkyl;
R5 is H, C1-C8 alkyl;
R11 is H or C1-C8 alkyl; R6 is CH2CO2Y or CH2CO2R4;
R4 is independently selected at each occurrence from: H,
C1-C8 alkyl;
C2-C8 alkenyl;
C2-C8 alkynyl;
C3-C8 cycloalkyl;
C1-C8 alkyl substituted with
(i) aryl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from halogen, phenyl, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, NO2, -S(O)0-2 (C1-C5 alkyl), OH, N(R22)2, CO2R22, CON(R22)2 or -CVFw where v = 11 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1); (ii) C3-C8 cycloalkyl;
(iii)
aryl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from halogen, phenyl, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, NO2, -S(O)0-2 (C1-C5 alkyl), OH, N(R22)2, CO2R22, CON(R22)2 or -CVFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1);
C2-C8 alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl; substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, halogen, NO2, CN, CO2R22, CON(R22)2, N(R24)COR24, morpholino, 2-(1- morpholino) ethoxy, N(R22)2, N+(R22)3, OCOCH3,
CF3, S(O)0-2R22;
-CH(R24)OR26;
-CH(R24)OC(=O)R25;
-CH(R24)OC(=O)OR26;
-CH(R24)OC(=O)N(R25)2;
-CH(R24)N(R24)C(=O)R24;
-CH(R24)CO2R25;
-CH(R24)CON(R22)2;
-CH(R24)N(R22)2;
R22 is selected independently from: H, C1-C10 alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C4-C12
alkylcycloalkyl, aryl, -(C1-C10
alkyl) aryl, or C3-C10 alkoxyalkyl; when two R22 groups are bonded to a single N, said R22 groups may alternatively be taken together to form -(CH2)2-5- or -(CH2)O(CH2)-;
R24 is selected independently from: H, C1-C8 alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, phenyl, or benzyl;
R25 is selected from:
H; C1-C8 alkyl or C3-C8 cycloalkyl, said alkyl or cycloalkyl being substituted with 1-2 groups independently selected from:
(i) C1-C4 alkyl;
(ii) C3-C8 cycloalkyl;
(iii) C3.-C5 alkoxy;
(iv) aryl substituted with 0-2 groups independently selected from:
halogen, phenyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, NO2, -S (C1-C5 alkyl),
-SO(C1-C5 alkyl), -SO2 (C1-C5 alkyl), -OH, -N(R22)2, -CO2R22,
-C(=O)N(R22)2, or -CVFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1); aryl substituted with 0-2 groups
independently selected from: halogen, phenyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, NO2, -S(C1-C5 alkyl), -SO(C1-C5 alkyl), -SO2 (C1-C5 alkyl), -OH,
-N(R22)2, -CO2R22, -C(=O)N(R22)2, or -CVFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1); R26 is selected from:
C1-C8 alkyl or C3-C8 cycloalkyl, said
alkyl or cycloalkyl being substituted with 1-2 groups independently selected from:
(i) C1-C4 alkyl;
(ii) C3-C8 cycloalkyl;
(iii) C1-C5 alkoxy;
(iv) aryl substituted with 0-2 groups independently selected from:
halogen, phenyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, NO2, -S(C1-C5 alkyl),
-SO(C1-C5 alkyl), -SO2 (C1-C5 alkyl), -OH, -N(R22)2, -CO2R22,
-C(=O)N(R22)2, or -CVFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1); aryl substituted with 0-2 groups
independently selected from: halogen, phenyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, NO2, -S(C1-C5 alkyl), -SO(C1-C5 alkyl), -SO2 (C1-C5 alkyl), -OH,
-N(R22)2, -CO2R22, -C(=O)N(R22)2, or -CVFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1); R27 is selected from:
H
C1-C8 alkyl or C3-C8 cycloalkyl, said
alkyl or cycloalkyl being substituted with 1-2 groups independently selected from:
(i) C1-C6 alkyl;
(ii) C1-C6 alkoxy;
(iii) aryl substituted with 0-2 groups independently selected from:
halogen, phenyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, NO2, -S (C1-C5 alkyl),
-SO(C1-C5 alkyl), -SO2 (C1-C5 alkyl), -OH, -N(R22)2, -CO2R22,
-C(=O)N(R22)2, or -CVFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1); aryl substituted with 0-2 groups
independently selected from: halogen, phenyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, NO2, -S(C1-C5 alkyl), -SO(C1-C5 alkyl), -SO2 (C1-C5 alkyl), -OH,
-N(R22)2, -CO2R22, -C(=O)N(R22)2, or -CVFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1);
R28 is selected from: H, C1-C5 alkyl, or
benzyl; n is 1 to 4; m is 0 to 3;
Y is H or a suitable carboxylate protecting
group and can be selected from the group consisting of: alkyl esters such as C1 to C8 alkyl, C5 to C8 cycloalkylalkyl and t- butyl; aryl esters such as benzyl,
substituted benzyl, triphenylmethyl,
diphenylmethyl,
pentamethylbenzyl, tetramethylbenzyl, and trimethylbenzyl; or esters which can be cleaved by acidolysis, mild base
treatment or mild reductive means such as trichloroethyl and phenacyl esters; other protecting groups can be CH2CH2CN,
trialkylsilyl, phthalimidomethyl,
anthrylmethyl, phenylfluorenyl, 4-picolyl and phenacyl;
W is H or an amine protecting group and is selected from the group consisting of: acyl types such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthalyl, and p- toluenesulfonyl; aromatic carbamate types such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and
substituted benzyloxycarbonyls, 1-(p- biphenyl)-1-methylethoxycarbonyl, and 9- fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc); aliphatic carbamate types such as tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), ethoxycarbonyl,
diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, and
allyloxycarbonyl; cyclic alkyl carbamate types such as cyclopentyloxycarbonyl and adamantyloxycarbonyl; alkyl types such as triphenylmethyl and benzyl; trialkylsilane such as trimethylsilane; and thiol containing types such as phenylthiocarbonyl and
dithiasuccinoylalkyl-urethane; sulfenyl types such as O-nitrophenylsulfenyl (NPS) and nitropyridylsulfenyl (NPYS); and
XX is H or a suitable amine protecting group and is selected from the group consisting of: acyl types such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl,
phthalyl, and p-toluenesulfonyl; aromatic carbamate types such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and substituted benzyloxycarbonyls, 1- (p-biphenyl)-1-methylethoxycarbonyl, and 9- fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc); aliphatic carbamate types such as tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), ethoxycarbonyl,
diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, and
allyloxycarbonyl; cyclic alkyl carbamate types such as cyclopentyloxycarbonyl and adamantyloxycarbonyl; alkyl types such as triphenylmethyl and benzyl; trialkylsilane such as trimethylsilane; and thiol containing types such as phenylthiocarbonyl and
dithiasuccinoylalkyl-urethane; sulfenyl types such as O-nitrophenylsulfenyl (NPS),
nitropyridylsulfenyl (NPYS), 2,3,6-trimethyl- 4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mtr-NR2), 2,4,6- trimethoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mtb-NR2), 2,6- dimethyl-4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mds-
NR2), pentamethylbenzenesulfonamide (Pme-NR2), 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-4-methoxybenzene- sulfonamide (Mte-NR2), 4-methoxybenzene- sulfonamide (Mbs-NR2), 2,4,6- trimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Mts-NR2), 2,6- dimethoxy-4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (iMds- NR2), and 2,2,5,7,8-Pentamethylchroman-6- sulfonamide (Pmc-NR2).
15. An intermediate compound of claim 14 wherein:
W and XX are independently Cbz, t-Boc;
R19 is selected from:
R15 and R18 are independently selected from H, C1-C4 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl,
phenyl- (C2-C4) alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy;
R17 and R16 are independently H or C1-C4
alkyl; R7 is H, C1-C8 alkyl, phenyl, halogen, or C1- C4 alkoxy;
R11 is H or C1-C3 alkyl;
R12 is H or CH3;
R9 is H, C1-C3 alkyl; R5 is H, C1-C3 alkyl;
R4 is selected independently at each occurrence from: H;
C1-C8 alkyl;
C2-C8 alkenyl;
C2-C8 alkynyl;
C3-C8 cycloalkyl;
C1-C8 alkyl substituted with
(i) aryl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from halogen, phenyl, C1-C5 alkyl, C3-C5 alkoxy, NO2, -S (O)0-2 (C1-C5 alkyl), OH, N(R22)2, CO2R22, CON(R22)2 or -CVFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1); (ii) C3-C8 cycloalkyl;
(iii)
aryl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from halogen, phenyl, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, NO2, -S (O)0-2 (C1-C5 alkyl), OH, N(R22)2, CO2R22, CON(R22)2 or -CVFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+1);
C2-C8 alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl; substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, halogen, NO2, CN, CO2R22, C0N(R22)2, N(R24)COR24, morpholino, 2-(1- morpholino) ethoxy, N(R22)2, N+(R22)3, OCOCH3,
CF3, S(O)0-2R22;
-CH(R24)OR26;
-CH(R24)OC(=O)R25;
-CH(R24)OC(=O)OR26;
-CH(R24)OC(=O)N(R25)2;
-CH(R24)CO2R25;
m is 2, and n is 3.
16. An intermediate compound of claim 14 wherein: R2 is C1-C4 alkyl; R5, R9, R16, R17 and R18 are H; R11, and R12, are H or CH3; R15 is H, C1-C4 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, or phenyl-(C2-C4)alkyl;
R3 is H or C1-C3 alkyl;
R4 is selected independently at each occurrence from:
H;
-CH(R24)OC(=O)R25;
-CH(R24)OC(=O)OR26;
-CH2OC(=O)N(R25)2;
-CH2CH2N(R22)2;
-CH(R24)CO2R25;
R24 is selected independently from: H, C1-C8 alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl; R27 is selected from: C1-C5 alkyl, benzyl or phenyl; m is 2, and n is 3.
17. An intermediate compound of claim 14 wherein: p is 0, p' is 1;
R19 is phenyl
R5, R9, R11, R12, and R14 are H; R2 is ethyl ;
R3 is methyl; and m is 2, and n is 3;
R6 is CH2-OBn, CH2-OtBu, CH2-O-tBoc or CH2CO2R4; R4 is selected independently at each occurrence from:
H;
-CH(R24)OC(=O)R25;
-CH(R24)OC(=O)OR26;
R24 is C1-C4 linear alkyl or H; R27 is C1-C4 alkyl, benzyl, or phenyl; and
XX is Cbz or Boc.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US3896193A | 1993-03-29 | 1993-03-29 | |
| US38961 | 1993-03-29 | ||
| PCT/US1994/003222 WO1994022911A2 (en) | 1993-03-29 | 1994-03-28 | A PROCESS AND INTERMEDIATE COMPOUNDS USEFUL FOR THE PREPARATION OF PLATELET GLYCOPROTEIN IIb/IIIa INHIBITORS CONTAINING Nα-METHYLARGININE |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| EP0694041A1 true EP0694041A1 (en) | 1996-01-31 |
Family
ID=21902917
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| EP94914727A Withdrawn EP0694041A1 (en) | 1993-03-29 | 1994-03-28 | A PROCESS AND INTERMEDIATE COMPOUNDS USEFUL FOR THE PREPARATION OF PLATELET GLYCOPROTEIN IIb/IIIa INHIBITORS CONTAINING N-ALPHA-METHYLARGININE |
Country Status (6)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| EP (1) | EP0694041A1 (en) |
| JP (1) | JPH08509709A (en) |
| AU (1) | AU6697694A (en) |
| CA (1) | CA2159069A1 (en) |
| NZ (1) | NZ265753A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO1994022911A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| ES2126748T3 (en) * | 1993-03-29 | 1999-04-01 | Du Pont Merck Pharma | PROCESS AND INTERMEDIATE COMPOUNDS FOR THE PREPARATION OF PLATELET GLYCOPROTEIN INHIBITORS II B / III A. |
| ZA978758B (en) * | 1996-10-02 | 1999-03-30 | Du Pont Merck Pharma | Technetium-99m-labeled chelator incorporated cyclic peptides that bind to the GPIIb/IIIa receptor as imaging agents |
| JP2002538151A (en) | 1999-03-02 | 2002-11-12 | ベーリンガー インゲルハイム ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド | Compounds useful as reversible inhibitors of cathepsin |
| US6420364B1 (en) | 1999-09-13 | 2002-07-16 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compound useful as reversible inhibitors of cysteine proteases |
Family Cites Families (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| NZ235563A (en) * | 1989-10-13 | 1993-04-28 | Merck & Co Inc | Fibrinogen receptor antagonist and pharmaceutical composition |
-
1994
- 1994-03-28 EP EP94914727A patent/EP0694041A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1994-03-28 AU AU66976/94A patent/AU6697694A/en not_active Abandoned
- 1994-03-28 JP JP6522194A patent/JPH08509709A/en active Pending
- 1994-03-28 NZ NZ26575394A patent/NZ265753A/en unknown
- 1994-03-28 WO PCT/US1994/003222 patent/WO1994022911A2/en not_active Ceased
- 1994-03-28 CA CA 2159069 patent/CA2159069A1/en not_active Abandoned
Non-Patent Citations (1)
| Title |
|---|
| See references of WO9422911A3 * |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| AU6697694A (en) | 1994-10-24 |
| CA2159069A1 (en) | 1994-10-13 |
| WO1994022911A2 (en) | 1994-10-13 |
| WO1994022911A3 (en) | 1995-01-12 |
| NZ265753A (en) | 1996-11-26 |
| JPH08509709A (en) | 1996-10-15 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| EP0625164B1 (en) | CYCLIC COMPOUNDS USEFUL AS INHIBITORS OF PLATELET GLYCOPROTEIN IIb/IIIa | |
| CA2027936C (en) | Cyclic anti-aggregatory peptides | |
| US5643872A (en) | Cyclic anti-aggregatory peptides | |
| US5470849A (en) | γ-turn peptidomimetics as fibrinogen antagonists | |
| AU6415894A (en) | Cyclic compounds useful as inhibitors of platelet glycoprotein iib/iiia | |
| US5635477A (en) | Cyclic compounds useful as inhibitors of platelet glycoprotein IIB/IIIA | |
| WO1994011398A1 (en) | CYCLIC COMPOUNDS LINKED BY A HETEROCYCLIC RING USEFUL AS INHIBITORS OF PLATELET GLYCOPROTEIN IIb/IIIa | |
| EP0694041A1 (en) | A PROCESS AND INTERMEDIATE COMPOUNDS USEFUL FOR THE PREPARATION OF PLATELET GLYCOPROTEIN IIb/IIIa INHIBITORS CONTAINING N-ALPHA-METHYLARGININE | |
| US5731413A (en) | Method of synthesis of peptidyl aldehydes | |
| EP0755374B1 (en) | Process for peptide segment condensation | |
| EP0691986B1 (en) | NOVEL PROCESSES AND INTERMEDIATE COMPOUNDS FOR THE PREPARATION OF PLATELET CLYCOPROTEIN IIb/IIIa INHIBITORS | |
| Spetzler et al. | Preparation and application of O‐amino‐serine, Ams, a new building block in chemoselective ligation chemistry | |
| ES2357800T3 (en) | BETA-LACTAMIC RGD CYCLOPEPTIDES CONTAINING GAMMA TURNS. | |
| AU6663794A (en) | Processes and intermediate compounds useful for the preparation of platelet glycoprotein iib/iiia inhibitors | |
| Kottirsch et al. | Fibrinogen receptor antagonists containing a gamma-lactam Gly-Asp isostere | |
| LV10111B (en) | Cyclic peptides containing aminomethylbenzoic acid useful as inhibitors of platelet glycoprotein iib/iiia | |
| WO2000047608A1 (en) | Process for the preparation of cyclic tetrapeptide derivatives |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| PUAI | Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012 |
|
| 17P | Request for examination filed |
Effective date: 19950918 |
|
| AK | Designated contracting states |
Kind code of ref document: A1 Designated state(s): AT BE CH DE DK ES FR GB GR IE IT LI LU MC NL PT SE |
|
| 17Q | First examination report despatched |
Effective date: 19960227 |
|
| STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION HAS BEEN WITHDRAWN |
|
| 18W | Application withdrawn |
Withdrawal date: 19970801 |